Editorial Committee
P.I.Forster (editor)
G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)
D.A.Halford (technical advisor)
Graphic Design
Will Smith
Desktop Publishing
Aniceta Cardoza
Austrobaileya
Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977
Vol. 10, No. 3 was published on 23 August 2019 and is available online at
https: //www. qld. gov. au/Austrobailey a
Back issues 1(1)- 8(4) are available on the JSTOR website
http://plants.jstor.org/
Austrobaileya is published once per year.
Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.
Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price
is (GST included): AUD$48.00 per issue for individuals, AUD$80.00 for institutions, including
postage.
Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is
AUD Price On Application per issue for individuals, AUD$100.00 for institutions, including
postage.
All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be
addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment
and Science (DES), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066,
Australia. Email: Paul.Forster@des.qld.gov.au
ISSN 0155-4131
© Queensland Herbarium 2020
Web site: https://www.qld.gov.au/Austrobaileya
Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research
on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,
conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.
Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or
view of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science.
Contents
Drosera buubugujin M.T.Mathieson (Droseraceae, Drosera section Prolifera
C. T.White), a spectacular new species of sundew from the Cape York
Peninsula bioregion, Queensland
M.T. Mathieson & S.L. Thompson . 549-557
Acacia lespedleyi P.I.Forst. (Mimosaceae), a new and geographically
restricted species from south-east Queensland
P.I. Forster . 558-563
A taxonomic revision of Camptacra N.T.Burb. (Asteraceae: Astereae)
A.R. Bean . 564-575
A taxonomic revision of the genus Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae: Astereae )
in New Guinea
J. Wang & A.R. Bean . 576-582
Lobelia fenshamii N.G.Walsh & Albr. and L. fontana Albr. & N.G.Walsh
(Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae ), two new species endemic to artesian
springs in central and south-western Queensland
D. E. Albrecht, N.G. Walsh, R.W. Jobson & E.B. Knox . 583-593
Denhamia megacarpa J. J.Halford & Jessup and D. peninsularis J. J.Halford
& Jessup (Celastraceae), two new species from Queensland
J.J. Halford & L.W. Jessup . 594-603
A taxonomic reassessment of Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.) Spreng. (Ericaceae)
with the description of two new species S. cognata A.R.Bean and S.
lucens A.R.Bean
A. R. Bean . 604-611
Bulbine fraseri Kunth (Asphodelaceae) reinstated and distinguished from B.
bulbosa (R.Br.) Haw. in eastern Australia
P.F. Horsfall & D.E. Albrecht .612-620
Zieria abscondita P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and geographically restricted
species from south-east Queensland
P.I. Forster . 621-627
Clarification of species boundaries within the Ptilotus royceanus Beni
(Amaranthaceae) group
T.A. Hammer, R.W. Davis & K.R. Thiele . 628-638
Endiandra inopinata B.Gray (Lauraceae), a new species from Queensland’s
Wet Tropics
B. Gray . 639-644
Taxonomic notes on the Melaleuca leucadendra (L.) L. group (Myrtaceae)
in Queensland
A.R. Bean
645-655
A taxonomic revision of Olearia elliptica DC. (Asteraceae: Astereae) with the
description of two new species O.fulgens A.R.Bean and O. praetermissa
(P.S.Green) A.R.Bean
A.R. Bean . 656-662
Lectotypification of three species names of Australian Alpinia Roxb.
(Zingiberaceae)
A.R. Bean .663-664
Drosera buubugujin M.T.Mathieson (Droseraceae, Drosera
section Prolifera C.T.White), a spectacular new species
of sundew from the Cape York Peninsula bioregion
Michael T. Mathieson & Simon L. Thompson
Summary
Mathieson, M.T. & Thompson, S.L. (2020). Drosera buubugujin M.T.Mathieson (Droseraceae,
Drosera section Prolifera C.T.White), a spectacular new species of sundew from the Cape York
Peninsula bioregion. Austrobaileya 10(4): 549-557. Drosera buubugujin is described as new. It is a
terrestrial herb known only from Muundhi and Juunju Daarrba Nhirrpan National Parks (Cape York
Peninsula Aboriginal Land - CYPAL) in northern Queensland and is readily distinguished from any
other members of the genus by its unique combination of characters. The species is illustrated and
diagnosed herein. A key is provided to the species of Drosera section Prolifera. Its conservation
status is assessed and a status of Critically Endangered is recommended.
Key Words: Droseraceae; Drosera .; Drosera buubugujin, Australia flora; Queensland flora; new
species; taxonomy; identification key; conservation status
M.T. Mathieson, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: michael.mathieson@des.
qld.gov.au
S.L. Thompson, Queensland Parks & Wildlife Service and Partnerships, Department of Environment
and Science, PO Box 4597, Cairns, Queensland 4870, Australia. Email: simon.thompson@des.qld.
gov.au
Introduction
Queensland’s Wet Tropics bioregion hosts
a multitude of unique flora including the
three species of sundew comprising Drosera
section Prolifera C.T.White (White 1940;
Schlauer 1996; Lowrie et al. 2017a,b;),
viz. Drosera adelae F.Muell., D. prolifera
C.T.White and D. schizandra Diels. These
species are commonly known amongst
sundew enthusiasts as “The Three Sisters”
(Nunn & Bourke 2017) and “the rainforest
Drosera ” (Lavarack 1979; Lowrie 2013).
During surveys of the south-eastern
areas of the Cape York Peninsula bioregion,
a distinctive, unnamed, fourth species of
this section was discovered and is described
here. The initial collections of this Drosera
were made by Muundhi and Juunju People in
conjunction with CYPTRP botanist Simon
Thompson and consultant botanist David Fell
during biodiversity assessments of Muundhi,
Juunju Daarrba Nhirrpan and Biniir National
Parks (CYPAL). Discoveries like this
highlight the importance of CYPTRP support
and the exciting biodiversity within the
Buubu Gujin Aboriginal Corporation lands.
The engagement with the Traditional Owners
in the field work and the naming of the plant
provides confidence to indigenous people that
their knowledge, skills and biodiversity are
respected and secure within the CYPTRP
program, and has value for the science
community as a whole.
Materials and methods
This research is based on a study of
herbarium specimens and associated spirit
collection at BRI, and field studies at the type
and single other currently known locality.
All measurements have been made from
live material or material preserved in spirit.
Dimensions of measurements are inclusive,
viz. 1.0-1.7 is given as 1-1.7.
Accepted for publication 24 February 2020
550
Field work was conducted in conjunction
with the Department of Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander Partnerships’ Cape
York Peninsula Tenure Resolution Program
(CYPTRP) which has handed back over 3.7
million hectares of Cape York Peninsula to
the Traditional Owners of the land. This area
includes over 2.1 million hectares of National
Park (Cape York Peninsula Aboriginal
Land) (NP (CYPAL)). The program provides
post handback support to Land Trusts and
Aboriginal Corporations involved. Support
projects include governance, natural resource
management and biodiversity assessment.
Electron microscopy (Queensland
University of Technology-Gardens Point,
Brisbane, Qld, Australia) was performed
and images captured by MTM using Zeiss
Sigma VP Field Emission scanning electron
microscope with an Oxford X-Max 50 Silicon
Drift (SDD) EDS detector. Extra-high tension
(EHT) voltage level in all cases was 5 kV,
with a working distance of between 7.5 and
9.5 mm.
Taxonomy
Drosera buubugujin M.T.Mathieson sp. nov.
with affinity to D. schizandra , but differing by
the lateral inflorescence presentation, smaller
flowers, shortly and thickly bilobed anther
filaments, white to creamy white anthers and
pollen, and predominantly oblanceolate to
obovate leaf shape. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: Muundhi National Park (CYPAL),
NNW of Cooktown, 19 August 2016, M.T.
Mathieson MTM2558, S. Thompson & S.
Chapman (holo: BRI [4 sheets + spirit]; iso:
CNS distribuendi). [Exact locality withheld
for conservation purposes].
Perennial herb with rosettes of mature
individuals (7-) 10-26 (-30) cm in diameter
with 4-12 active leaves, often asymmetrically
arranged. Roots fleshy, terete, sparsely
branched, covered with black-brown scales.
Plantlets may form from the roots if these
are damaged. Stipules somewhat triangular,
Austrobaileya 10 ( 4 ): 549-557 ( 2020 )
laciniate, dissected, 1.5-2.5 mm long,
positioned on the upper surface adnate to the
leaf base. Leaves with petiole to 16 mm long
when present, or sessile; lamina of mature
(flowering or flowering-sized) plants semi-
erect, decumbent or prostrate, oblanceolate or
obovate (25-) 30-142 (-150) mm long, (10-)
12-38 (-40) mm at widest point, entire, bright
dark green to yellowish-green depending
on age and solar exposure. Adaxial lamina
surface covered in translucent, white to pink
trichomes (1.2-) 1.5-3.8 (-4.1) mm long,
each with a distal, ellipsoid, red gland 0.2-
0.5 mm long, producing copious quantities
of mucilaginous digestive fluid when
active; surface veins with extremely sparse
(sometimes absent) eglandular or minutely
glandular red hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long; mid
vein prominent on both surfaces but more so
on the abaxial surface; secondary venation
more prominently raised on abaxial surface.
Abaxial lamina surface veins with sparse,
red, eglandular or minutely glandular hairs
0.2-1 mm long. Damaged or detached leaves
may produce plantlets from the margins
before decaying if somewhat adpressed to the
substrate surface. Juvenile leaves, referring
to the first few new leaves of plantlets formed
during vegetative reproduction or potentially a
seedling, to c. 20 mm long, distinctly petiolate
with an orbicular to broadly oval lamina with
the lamina usually only slightly longer than
the petiole. Inflorescence a scorpioid cyme,
1-5 per rosette, variably 110-420 mm long,
arising laterally from the leaf axils near
the centre of the rosette, held semi-erect to
horizontal, bearing 6-38 flowers spaced 4-14
mm apart. Peduncles 65-120 mm long covered
in short, eglandular or minutely glandular
hairs; bracts linear 1.5-2 mm long, largely
glabrous, occasionally with a few eglandular
hairs on the abaxial surface; pedicels 2.5-3.5
mm long, indumentum similar to peduncles.
A plantlet consistently forms at the tip of the
inflorescence as flowering completes (as in D.
prolifera ), resulting in largely clonal colonies.
Sepals lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
wide at base, becoming slightly wider at the
Mathieson & Thompson, Drosera buubugujin
centre before tapering to an acuminate apex,
margins entire, occasionally slightly undulate
and, rarely, minutely ragged towards the apex,
adaxial surface glabrous, abaxial surface with
short hairs. Petals obovate, 2-2.5 mm long,
1.6-1.8 mm at widest point towards the apex,
deep red-purple, margins entire, rarely a little
undulate, apex minutely crenate to entire,
often retuse to emarginate, becoming reflexed
with age. Stamens 5 (-6), 1.2-1.5 mm long,
reflexed; filaments red, widening in upper
half becoming shortly and thickly bilobed;
anthers and pollen white to creamy-white.
Ovary obovoid, 0.65-0.8 mm long, 0.7-0.8
mm diameter at anthesis, yellowish-green
to yellowish-pink. Styles 3 (-4), 0.2-0.25
mm long, bilobed, occasionally trilobed near
apex, arms 0.15-0.2 mm long; pinkish-red
lower half, white to yellowish white nearing
truncate apex. Stigmas papillose. Seed 1
ovoid, tapered at the apices, c. 0.6 mm long
and 0.4 mm wide, black, surface reticulate.
Figs. 1-3.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Juunju Daarrba Nhirrpan NP (CYPAL),
NNW of Cooktown, Dec 2015, Thompson SLT15151 et
al. (BRI); ibid , Aug 2016, Mathieson MTM2561 et al.
(BRI); Muundhi NP (CYPAL), NNW of Cooktown, Aug
2014, Thompson SLT14659 & Fell (BRI); ibid , Dec 2015,
Thompson SLT15127 et al. (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Drosera
buubugujin is endemic to the sandstone mesas
and escarpments of Muundhi and Juunju
Dhaarrba Nhirrpan National Parks (CYPAL),
north north-west of Cooktown, north
Queensland. The species grows on the banks
of streams in gallery forest (Fig. 4) through
551
sandstone gullies and ravines on sand and
humus, generally amongst mosses. It has also
been observed growing on sandstone cliff's
and ledges where springs and seeps provide
a constant water source. At times during the
wet season, plants adjacent to streams would
be inundated by flowing water, conceivably to
a depth well above the height of the plant.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded
for August through to December.
Affinities'. Drosera buubugujin belongs to
Drosera Section Prolifera and most closely
resembles D. schizandra. It differs from
D. schizandra by the following characters:
Leaf shape widely variable, oblanceolate
(predominantly) or obovate (vs. generally
obovate in D. schizandra ), flower diameter
4.5-5.5 mm (vs. 10-13 mm in D. schizandra ),
inflorescence emerging laterally, up to c. 400
mm long with up to 35 flowers (vs. generally
erect, up to 150 mm long with up to 20 flowers
in D. schizandra ), anther filaments shortly and
thickly bilobed (vs. deeply and widely bilobed
(distinctly Y-shaped) in D. schizandra ), pollen
white-creamy white (vs. pollen yellow-orange
in D. schizandra). Flowers of D. buubugujin
and D. schizandra are shown in Fig. 5 and
Fig. 6 respectively. The other species within
Drosera section Prolifera are less like D.
buubugujin , differing in the following ways:
D. prolifera has a reniform leaf lamina with
a distinct petiole at maturity while D. adelae
has a narrowly lanceolate leaf lamina (vs. an
oblanceolate, obovate or oblong-obovate leaf
lamina that is barely or not petiolate in D.
buubugujin ); D. adelae had broadly lanceolate
petals with an acuminate apex (vs. obovate
petals in D. buubugujin ).
Note that only a single seed was found despite searching many tens of specimens
552
Austrobaileya 10 ( 4 ): 549-557 ( 2020 )
Fig. 1. Drosera buubugujin. A. whole plant x0.6. B-E. mature leaves *0.8. F. juvenile leaf x4. G. glandular trichome
without fluid xl6. H. glandular hair with fluid xl6.1. & J. stipules xl6. All from Mathieson MTM2558 et al. (BRI). Scale
bar = 10 mm at xl magnification. Del. W. Smith andN. Crosswell.
Mathieson & Thompson, Drosera buubugujin
553
Fig. 2. Drosera buubugujin. A. inflorescence (in part) x3. B. flower xl2. C. flower from the side xl2. D. style arm x60.
E. ovary and style x36. F. anther x36. G. petal x24. H. sepal x24. All from Mathieson MTM2558 et al. (BRI). Scale bar
= 10 mm at xl magnification. Del. W. Smith andN. Crosswell.
554
Austrobaileya 10(4): 549-557 (2020)
A key to species in Drosera section Prolifer a 2
1 Mature leaf lamina lanceolate or reniform; abaxial surface of sepals glabrous.2
1. Mature leaf lamina obovate, oblanceolate or oblong-obovate; abaxial
surface of sepals with trichomes.3
2 Mature leaf lamina reniform, distinctly petiolate.D. prolifera
2. Mature leaf lamina lanceolate.D. adelae
3 Mature leaf lamina generally obovate; inflorescence generally emerging
and being held erect, rarely forming a plantlet at the distal tip; flowers
10-13 mm in diameter, petals 5-6.5 mm long; anther filaments deeply
and widely bilobed (distinctly Y-shaped), pollen yellow-orange.D. schizandra
3. Mature leaf lamina oblanceolate (predominantly) or obovate; inflorescence
emerging laterally and held semi-erect or horizontally, consistently
forming a plantlet at the distal tip after flowering; flowers to 4.5-5.5 mm
diameter, petals to 2-2.5 mm long; anther filaments shortly and
thickly bilobed, pollen white to creamy white.D. buubugujin
Fig. 3. Scanning electron microscope image of Drosera
buubugujin seed (Mathieson MTM2558 etal., BRI).
Note : During the study of herbarium material
for this work, a single seed was found on a
specimen of Drosera schizandra , a feature
not previously reported (Lowrie et al.
2017b). Despite some disfiguration due to the
specimen drying process, this seed closely
resembles that of D. buubugujin in size, shape
and surface morphology.
Conservation status : Drosera buubugujin
is known from two locations within close
proximity of one another; both within
National Park (CYPAL) tenure. It has not been
encountered elsewhere despite numerous
further surveys in similar habitats since 2016
(H. Hines, pers. comm.; S.L. Thompson,
pers. obs .). It is possible the species may
occur elsewhere in the adjacent ranges given
the potential extent of appropriate habitat
that exists. However, all related species
in the same section appear to have highly
restricted ranges (Lowrie et al. 2017a,b). The
distribution of these four species is shown in
Map 1.
2 Based on Lowrie (2013) and Lowrie et al. (2017a,b)
Mathieson & Thompson, Drosera buubugujin
555
Fig, 4. Drosera buubugujin growing in habitat on a stream bank, Muundhi National Park. Photo: M.T. Mathieson.
Fig. 5. Flowers of Drosera buubugujin , Muundhi Fig. 6. Flowers of Drosera schizandra , Wooroonooran
National Park, c. 5 mm in diameter. Photo: M.T. National Park, c. 12 mm in diameter. Photo: M.T.
Mathieson. Mathieson.
556
The population size at the type locality is
difficult to estimate given the largely clonal
nature of the species but is possibly between
500 and 1000 genetically distinct plants
occupying an area of less than 0.5 hectare.
The second population is smaller. Repeated
fire events may threaten this species not
only by directly destroying plants and the
riparian habitat to which the species seems
strictly bound, but also by encouraging the
encroachment of introduced, hyperinvasive
grasses (viz. giant rat’s tail grass Sporobolus
pyramidalis (Lam.) Hitchc., grader grass
Themeda quadrivalvis (L.) Kuntze and
gamba grass Andropogon gayanus Kunth),
the rampant herbaceous weed Praxelis
clematidea R.M.King & H.Rob. and lantana
Lantana camara L. Applying criteria of
the IUCN (IUCN 2012), the recommended
conservation status is Critically Endangered
(CR: Bla, b(ii), (iii) and B2a, b(ii), (iii)) due
to small extent of occurrence and area of
occupancy in conjunction with observed and
inferred negative impacts of fire.
Etymology : This species is named after the
Buubu Gujin Aboriginal Corporation lands,
which include Muundhi and Juunju Daarrba
Nhirrpan National Parks (CYPAL) where it
was collected.
Acknowledgements
The authors would like to thank the Buubu
Gujin Traditional Owners for inviting us onto
their lands and providing cultural guidance as
well as the Buubu Gujin Corporation Directors
for approving the use of the species name at
Joint Management and Corporation meetings.
Collections of this species were made in
conjunction with the Traditional Owners
of Muundhi and Juunju Daarrba Nhirrpan
NPs (CYPAL). The following people and
Austrobaileya 10(4): 549-557 (2020)
organisations are thanked for their assistance
that made the survey possible: Debbie and
Sally Chapman, Kieren Henderson and the
Traditional Owners of the National Parks
(CYPAL) that were surveyed; Ian McConnell
(Department of Environment & Science,
CYPTRP); QPWS rangers Chris Wall, Andy
Baker & Janine White; Will Smith and Nicole
Crosswell for the illustrations; David Fell,
Ian Brown & Geoff Luscombe for support
during surveys; Cheyne Fendon for helicopter
services; and Gordon Guymer & David
Halford (BRI) for logistical and field support.
References
Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:
Version 3.1. Second edition. IUCN: Gland/
Cambridge.
Lavarack, P S. (1979). Rainforest Drosera of North
Queensland. Carnivorous Plant Newsletter
8(2): 61-64.
Lowrie, A. (2013). Carnivorous Plants of Australia
Magnum Opus - Volumes 1-3. Redfern Natural
History Productions: Poole.
Lowrie, A., Nunn, R., Robinson, A., Bourke, G.,
McPherson, S. & Fleishmann, A. (2017a).
Drosera of the World, Volume 1: Oceania.
Redfern Natural History Productions: Poole.
Lowrie, A., Robinson, A., Nunn, R., Rice, B., Bourke,
G., Gibson, R., McPherson, S. & Fleishmann,
A. (2017b). Drosera of the World, Volume
2: Oceania, Asia, Europe, North America.
Redfern Natural History Productions: Poole.
Nunn, R. & Bourke, G. (2017). An account of
Drosera Section Prolifera. Carnivorous Plant
Newsletter 46(3): 92-100.
Schlauer, J. (1996). A dichotomous key to the genus
Drosera L. (Droseraceae). Carnivorous Plant
Newsletter 25(2): 67-88.
White, C.T. (1940). A new type of sundew from North
Queensland, The Victorian Naturalist 57: 94-
95.
Mathieson & Thompson, Drosera buubugujin
557
Map 1 . Distribution of the four species of Drosera section Prolifera. D. adelae A, D. buubugujin ■, D. prolifera ♦,
D. schizandra #. Protected areas are shaded.
Acacia lespedleyi P.I.Forst. (Mimosaceae), a new and
geographically restricted species from south-east Queensland
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, P.I. (2020). Acacia lespedleyi P.I.Forst. (Mimosaceae), a new and geographically restricted
species from south-east Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(4): 558-563. The new species Acacia
lespedleyi , with distinctive minni-ritchi bark, is described and illustrated. It is postulated to be allied
to Acacia curranii Maiden and A. rhodoxylon Maiden. Acacia lespedleyi is known from two small
subpopulations on an unusual substrate derived from duricrust and granite, west of Eidsvold in south¬
east Queensland and is considered to be Critically Endangered.
Key Words: Leguminosae; Mimosaceae; Acacia ; Acacia lespedleyi ; Australia flora; Queensland
flora; taxonomy; new species; conservation status; critically endangered; duricrust
P.I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.
gov.au
Introduction
The genus Acacia Mill, is the most speciose
genus in the Queensland vascular flora with
over 300 species known, another ten having
been recently described (Pedley 2019). As
alluded to in that paper much taxonomic
work remains, this relates not only to species
circumscriptions, but to the testing of
species groupings and the elucidation of the
component taxa within.
The new species of wattle described in
this paper (Figs. 1-4) was first collected
during a botanical assessment of the property
‘Telemark’ west of Eidsvold in south-east
Queensland in 2006. Although Les Pedley
recognised the material as representing an
undescribed species, it did not result in formal
publication, so this is undertaken here with
the species named in honour of Les.
The close affinities of Acacia lespedleyi
P.I.Forst. are obscure, although it is clearly
part of Acacia section Juliflorae (Benth.)
C.Moore & Betche as applied by Pedley
(1978) due to the plurinerved phyllodes and
the flowers in spikes, and within the more
broadly circumscribed A. section Plurinerves
(Benth.) C.Moore & Betche (Pedley
1986). From a morphological perspective
A. lespedleyi shows some similarities to
particularly A. curranii Maiden and to a much
lesser extent A. rhodoxylon Maiden, with all
three species possessing ‘minni-ritchi’ bark
to some degree (Fig. 3). This bark type (thin
longitudinal pieces of bark that irregularly
abscise from the stems and hang in untidy
strips) is rarely encountered in wattle species
outside of the arid zone in Queensland. In the
Flora of Australia account A. curranii was
included in Group 5, Subgroup 12 (Tindale
& Kodela 2001) and A. rhodoxylon in Group
5, Subgroup 9 (Maslin 2001); although these
groups have not been rigorously tested using
molecular methods.
Materials and methods
The plant description in this paper is based
on specimen collections at the Queensland
Herbarium (BRI) and field observations by the
author in 2006. Dimensions of measurements
are inclusive, i.e. 1.0-1.7 is given as 1-1.7.
Accepted for publication 13 January 2020
Forster, Acacia lespedleyi
Taxonomy
Acacia lespedleyi RI.Forst., sp. nov. Similar
to A. curranii but differing in the flattened
phyllodes (versus linear and subterete) that
are glabrous (versus pubescent), the basal
gland being poorly developed and just above
the pulvinus (versus well developed and well
above the pulvinus), the glabrous flowers and
pods (versus pubescent). Typus: Queensland.
Burnett District: Telemark, 38 km W
of Eidsvold, 9 February 2006, P.I. Forster
PIF31234 (holo: BRI [2 sheets]; iso: MEL).
Shrubs to 3 m tall; bark minni-ritchi, in short
irregularly abscising longitudinal strips, red-
brown, aging grey. Branchlets weakly angular
towards apices, red-tan, waxy; young shoots
resinous, glabrous. Phyllodes erect, linear and
somewhat inequilateral with the upper margin
weakly convex, coriaceous, flattened, 32-138
mm long, 2.5-5 mm wide; longitudinally
striate with 24-28 non-anastomising veins
including a weakly prominent midrib and
2 other equidistant veins (one per side
of midrib), grey-green, waxy, glabrous;
gland single, rudimentary, immediately
above pulvinus; tip shortly apiculate, base
attenuate; pulvinus 2-3 mm long, somewhat
twisted, red-tan. Inflorescence spike a single
continuous raceme, 12-15 mm long, 3-4 mm
diameter; peduncles 2-3 mm long, glabrous,
waxy. Flowers 5-merous, golden yellow; calyx
± continuous and truncate, slightly dissected
for c. % of length, papillose, glabrous; corolla
0.8-1 mm long, dissected for c. 14 of length
with the lobes lanceolate-acute, 0.5-0.7 mm
long and c. 0.05 mm wide, glabrous, glandular
papillose on the margins and particularly at
the apex; filaments 1-1.2 mm long, anthers
c. 0.1 mm long; ovary papillose, glabrous.
Pods linear, coriaceous, 1-5-seeded, 12-42
mm long, 1-2 mm wide, curved and often
irregularly twisted, ± straight sided and
slightly constricted between seeds, glabrous.
Seeds not seen. Figs. 1-3.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland.
Burnett District: Telemark, 34 km W of Eidsvold,
Mar 2006, Forster PIF31360 (BRI); Telemark, 37 km
W of Eidsvold, Mar 2006, Forster PIF31353 (BRI);
ibid , Mar 2006, Forster PIF31357 (BRI); ibid , Sep 2006,
559
Rogers s.n. (BRI [AQ814938]); 40 km W of Eidsvold,
Telemark, Apr 2006, Ritchie & Houschildt s.n. (BRI
[AQ614778]).
Distribution and habitat : Acacia lespedleyi
is known from a single location comprising
two subpopulations about 2 km apart on
the pastoral property ‘Telemark’, west
of Eidsvold in the north Burnett district
of south-east Queensland. The habitat is
an open low forest (Fig. 4) dominated
variously by Allocasuarina inophloia
(F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey) L.A.S.Johnson,
Corymbia citriodora (Hook.) K.D.Hill &
L.A.S.Johnson, C. trachyphloia (F.Muell.)
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Eucalyptus
cloeziana F.Muell., E. crebra F.Muell., E.
exserta F.Muell., E. fibrosa F.Muell. subsp.
fibrosa and Lysicarpus angustifolius (Hook.)
Druce on the unusual substrate of gravelly
soil derived from a mixture of decomposing
duricrust (Woolnough 1927, 1930; Dixon &
McLaren 2009) and granite. These woodlands
have a very sparse midstorey and understorey,
mainly of perennial woody legumes and
grasses.
Phenology : Acacia lespedleyi has been
collected in flower in September with old
pods persisting at least until March. The
pods collected to date all showed evidence
of vertebrate predation, probably by parrots
that are known to eat wattle seeds (Cameron
2007).
Affinities : Acacia lespedleyi is postulated to
be most closely allied to A. curranii with the
nearest recorded populations for that species
in shrubland on red sand, a good 160 km to
the southwest. Acacia curranii is immediately
distinct from A. lespedleyi by its strongly
resinous and generally pubescent foliage, the
linear, subterete (rarely flattened) phyllodes,
the basal gland being well above the pulvinus
and the heavily pubescent, ± straight pods.
Acacia lespedleyi is not noticeably resinous
(or only weakly so on the young shoots)
nor with pubescent foliage and flowers, the
phyllodes are flattened and the pods are
curved and glabrous.
560
Austrobaileya 10(4): 558-563 (2020)
Fig. 1. Acacia lespedleyi. A. habit of flowering branchlet x2. B. single phyllode showing most obvious venation
x5. C. detail of phyllode venation xio. D. base of phyllode at attachment to stem showing reduced pulvinus and
poorly developed gland xl5. E. inflorescence x5. F & G. views of dehisced pod x5. A & E from Rogers s.n. (BRI
[AQ814938]); B-D, F & G from Forster PIF31353 (BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at xl magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
Forster, Acacia lespedleyi
561
Fig. 2. Foliage of Acacia lespedleyi (Forster PIF31234, BRI). Photo: PI. Forster.
Fig. 3. Bark of Acacia lespedleyi (Forster PIF31234, BRI). Photo: PI. Forster.
562
Austrobaileya 10(4): 558-563 (2020)
Fig. 4. Habitat of Acacia lespedleyi (locality of Forster PIF31234, BRI). Photo: PI. Forster.
Les Pedley suggested this species was also
possibly allied to Acacia rhodoxylon; however,
that species is very noticeably distinct in the
elliptic to oblanceolate phyllodes and the
narrowly oblong pods.
A further comparison can be made to
Acacia shir ley i Maiden that is often found
in similar environments further to the north
and west; however, that species doesn’t have
minni-ritchi bark (being more stringy), has
dissimilar phyllode venation (with only a
primary midrib and no other prominent
parallel side nerves), the inflorescence spikes
are interrupted and much longer (15-60 mm
long), and the calyx and ovary are noticeably
pubescent.
Notes : The occurrence of duricrust (a
precipitated surface crust) is sporadic
throughout the north Burnett and is sometimes
associated with local speciation, examples
being Acacia forsteri Pedley, Boronia
grimshawii Duretto and Zieria inexpectata
Duretto & PI.Forst. Those three species are
also known from single or few populations.
Conservation status : Using the IUCN
(2012) categories of conservation status,
Acacia lespedleyi can be listed as Critically
Endangered under the criteria Bl, B2 a, biii.
The species is known from one location with
two subpopulations about 2 km apart that
occupy less than 2 km 2 and was estimated
to number less than 500 mature individuals
Forster, Acacia lespedleyi
in 2006. The number of individuals varies
depending on fire history in the habitat,
although it is not known whether the species
is able to withstand low intensity burns.
While parts of the property ‘Telemark’ have
been placed in a Nature Refuge, this does not
include the two subpopulations of this Acacia
with the habitat being managed for cattle
production.
Etymology : Acacia lespedleyi is named for
Les Pedley (1930-2018), wattle specialist for
many years at the Queensland Herbarium.
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Trevor Ritchie for facilitating
visits to the localities, the late Les Pedley
for discussion of this plant and to Nicole
Crosswell for the illustrations.
References
Cameron, M. (2007). Cockatoos. CSIRO Publishing:
Collingwood.
Dixon, J.C. & McLaren, S.J. (2009). Duricrusts.
In A.D. Abrahams & A.J. Parsons (eds.),
Geomorphology of Desert Environments , pp.
123-151. Springer: Dordrecht.
563
Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of
Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria,
version 3.1 , 2 nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/
library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,
accessed 20 February 2018.
Maslin, B.R. (2001). Acacia rhodoxylon. In A.E.
Orchard & A.J.G. Wilson (eds.). Flora of
Australia 11B Mimosaceae Acacia Part 2: 268.
ABRS/CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.
Pedley, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. In
Queensland (part 1). Austrobaileya 1: 75-235.
- (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia
(Leguminosae), with particular reference to
Australia, and the recognition of Senegalia and
Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean
Society 92: 219-254.
- (2019). Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae ), chiefly from Queensland, 6.
Austrobaileya 10: 297-320.
Tindale, M.D. & Kodela, PG. (2001). Acacia curranii.
In A.E. Orchard & A.J.G. Wilson (eds). Flora
of Australia 11B Mimosaceae Acacia Part 2:
287. ABRS/CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.
Woolnough, W.G. (1927). The duricrust of
Australia. Journal and Proceedings of the
Royal Society of New South Wales 61: 24-53.
- (1930). Influence of climate and topography in
the formation and distribution of products of
weathering. Geological Magazine 67: 123-132.
A taxonomic revision of Camptacra
N.T.Burb. (Asteraceae: Astereae)
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2020). A taxonomic revision of Camptacra N.T.Burb. (Asteraceae: Astereae).
Austrobaileya 10(4): 564-575. The genus Camptacra N.T.Burb. is taxonomically revised. Four
species are recognised, including two newly named: C. perdita A.R.Bean and C. robusta A.R.Bean.
A lectotype is chosen for Eurybia gracilis Benth. All species are fully described with notes on
distribution (including maps), habitat and proposed conservation status. A key to the identification
of all species is provided.
Key Words: Asteraceae; Camptacra', Camptacra barbata, Camptacra gracilis ; Camptacra perdita ;
Camptacra robusta ; New Guinea flora, Australia flora; new species; identification key; distribution
maps
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.
au
Introduction
Camptacra N.T.Burb. is a small genus of
herbaceous or low-shrubby daises. It belongs
to the tribe Astereae, and is most closely related
to Vittadinia A.Rich., Peripleura (N.T.Burb.)
G.L.Nesom and Tetramolopium Nees
(Lowrey et al. 2001). It can be distinguished
from these genera by the slender, compressed
shallowly-ribbed achenes that are often
maroon or purplish when mature, the smooth
receptacle, and by the frequent presence of a
trifid apex on the leaves.
The genus was described by Burbidge
(1982) with two species, C. brachycomoides
(F.Muell.)N.T.Burb. and C. barbataNTBurb.
These species she distinguished largely on
the morphology of the involucral bracts. The
author split C. brachycomoides into three
“forms”, based on the varying indumentum
of the stems and leaves.
Lander (1987) published some new
combinations after finding that the name
Eurybia gracilis Benth. is referable to
Camptacra and concluded that C. gracilis
(Benth.) Lander and C. brachycomoides
Accepted for publication 3 February 2020
are synonymous. Despite Burbidge’s
comprehensive treatment of Camptacra (and
related genera) and the small size of the genus,
the identification of the constituent taxa has
remained surprisingly difficult. This is partly
because Burbidge’s key to her two recognised
species is difficult to use - it relies on
interpretation of several qualitative characters
of the capitulum and involucral bracts, and no
other part of the plant is mentioned. Also, it
seems likely that intergradation is occurring
between three species in the genus (the rarely
encountered C. perdita is the exception),
and there appear to be few characters where
discontinuities are evident. The net result has
been general confusion about the identity of
many Camptacra specimens.
Another complication has been the
misapplication of the name Olearia arguta
var. lanata Benth. in Queensland since the
1990s. This taxon is in fact endemic to the
Northern Territory and Western Australia,
and is characterised most easily by the
dense glandular hairs on the leaves and
peduncles, and the relatively large leaves.
The Queensland plants that have gone under
this name do not have any glandular hairs,
and are merely a particularly hairy form of
Camptacra robusta. Their generic status has
565
Bean, Camptacra
been confirmed by two molecular studies on
the phylogeny of Tribe Astereae (Lowrey et
al. 2001; Cross et al, 2002).
Materials and methods
This study is based on an examination of
herbarium specimens at the Queensland
Herbarium (BRI), as well as material received
on loan from CANB, DNA and MEL. High-
quality images of type specimens from K and
W have also been examined and are indicated
as i.d.v. (imago digitalis visa).
Measurements made on the leaves, stems,
peduncles and involucral bracts are based on
dried material. Measurements of floral parts
are based on material preserved in spirit, or
reconstituted with boiling water. Dimensions
are inclusive, i.e. 1-1.7 indicates 1.0-1.7.
In the specimen citations, abbreviations
include Mt (Mountain or Mount) and NP
(National Park).
Taxonomy
Camptacra N.T.Burb., Brunonia 5: 11
(1982). Type: C. brachycomoides (F.Muell.)
N.T.Burb.
Perennial shrubs or herbs, stems ribbed, woolly
hairs frequent, glandular hairs uncommon.
Leaves alternate, sessile, entire or with short
lobes, apex usually acute to apiculate, but a
minority of leaves with apex trifid; sessile
glands uncommon. Peduncles longer than the
leaves, bearing a single capitulum; involucral
bracts 3-5-seriate; receptacle convex,
smooth, epaleate; all florets fertile. Ray
florets in 1-2 rows, female, conspicuously
ligulate; glabrous except for sparse antrorse
eglandular or glandular hairs near junction
of tube and ligule; style 2-branched, not
conspicuously swollen at base but set into an
erect nectary disc. Disc florets actinomorphic,
hermaphrodite and fertile, 5-merous, narrowly
funnelform; staminal filaments attached at or
below middle of corolla tube; anther apices
lanceolate or trullate; stigmatic appendages
linear to ellipsoidal, coarsely papillose.
Achenes linear, laterally flattened, with 3-7
longitudinal ribs. Pappus 1-2-seriate, bristles
with pectines only c. 0.025 mm long, scarcely
visible at 40* magnification.
Four species in northern Australia with one
extending to Papua New Guinea.
A key to the species of Camptacra
1 Leaves 4.5-15 mm wide (excluding marginal teeth); capitula 8-12 mm
long and 13-21 mm across; marginal floret (including ligule) 10-15 mm
long; peduncles 0.8-1.5 mm diameter at midpoint; inner involucral
bracts 6-7.5 mm long.4. C. robusta
1. Leaves 1.1-5 mm wide (excluding marginal teeth); capitula 5-8 mm long,
8-14 mm across; marginal floret (including ligule) 5-12 mm long;
peduncles 0.4-0.8 mm diameter at midpoint; inner involucral
bracts 3.5-6 mm long.2
2 Glandular hairs abundant on outer involucral bracts; corolla lobes
of disc floret glandular-hairy.3. C. perdita
2. Glandular hairs absent from involucral bracts; corolla lobes of disc floret
glabrous.3
3 Leaves glabrous or sparsely hairy, all leaves with acute apex or a few with
trifid apex; terminal part of inner involucral bracts glabrous or with
ciliate margins; receptacle 1.3-3.5 mm diameter.2. C. gracilis
3. Leaves sparsely to densely hairy, numerous leaves with trifid apex; cluster
of hairs usually present on terminal part of inner involucral bracts
(inner surface); receptacle (2.5-) 3-6 mm diameter.1. C. barbata
566
1. Camptacra barbata N.T.Burb., Brunonia
5: 15 (1982). Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Dinmore, near Ipswich, 29 October
1960, L. Pedley 726 (holo: CANB; iso: BRI).
Camptacra brachycomoides f. arachnoidea
N.T.Burb., Brunonia 5: 14 (1982); C. gracilis
f. arachnoidea (N.T.Burb.) Lander, Nuytsia
6: 61 (1987). Type: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: Rockingham’s Bay,
s.dat.,J. Dallachy s.n. (holo: MEL 1004261).
Erect herb to 50 cm high. Stems glabrous
or sparsely to densely woolly-hairy. Leaves
linear, 18-55 mm long, 1.4-5 mm wide
excluding marginal teeth, glabrous or woolly,
glands absent; apex acute, apiculate or
rarely to frequently trifid; base narrowly to
broadly cuneate; margins entire or with a few
teeth up to 2 mm long, more or less evenly
distributed; midrib obvious and sometimes
2 additional parallel veins evident. Capitula
5-8 mm long, 8-14 mm diameter. Peduncles
5-12 cm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide at midpoint,
with sparse woolly hairs confined to upper
part or densely woolly throughout. Involucral
bracts 24-36, graduated in length; outer
bracts narrowly ovate, 1.6-3.1 mm long,
glabrous or with sparse woolly hairs on outer
surface, apex acute; inner bracts narrowly
lanceolate, 3.5-5.5 mm long, usually with
dense tuft of hairs near apex, apex acute to
obtuse. Receptacle (2.5-) 3-6 mm across.
Ray florets 25-48, corolla tube 2.2-3.5 mm
long, glabrous except for sparse antrorse
eglandular hairs near junction of tube and
ligule; tube + ligules 5-12 mm long, white,
apex obtuse or minutely notched. Disc florets
30-68, yellow, corolla tube 3.3-4.2 mm long,
glabrous except for sparse antrorse hairs near
the midpoint; corolla lobes 0.4-0.6 mm long,
deltate, glabrous. Achenes 2.2-3.1 mm long,
maroon or purplish when mature, glabrous
or with sparse antrorse hairs on upper half.
Pappus bristles 24-30 in number, each 2.6-
4.5 mm long.
Additional selected specimens examined : Northern
Territory. Daguragu Land Trust area, S of Gill Creek,
c. 51 km NW of Kalkarindji, Mar 2012, Cowie 12973
(DNA); Mt Sanford, Threeways holding paddock, Aug
2000, Brock 118 (CANB, DNA). Queensland. Cook
District: Metal Hills section, Chillagoe - Mungana
Cave NP, Jan 2005, Little LL36 (BRI). North Kennedy
Austrobaileya 10(4): 564-575 (2020)
District: Lolworth Creek, N of Charters Towers,
Nov 1985, Jackes 12 (BRI); 2.5 km S of “Doongara”,
Mar 1988, Forster PIF3729 & Bolton (BRI); 13 km N
of Burdekin Falls, on Burdekin Falls - Mingela road,
Apr 1990, Jobson 1119 (BRI, CANB, MEL). South
Kennedy District: c. 6 km due SE of Strathmore
Station, along road to Collinsville, Mar 2003, Pollock
ABP1690 & Edginton (BRI); 16.4 km W of Oxenhope
Outstation, May 1991, Neldner 3240 & Thompson (BRI).
Mitchell District: 18 km ENE of Prairie, on Flinders
Highway, Mar 1993, Thompson HUG320 & Henderson
(BRI). Leichhardt District: Uncle Toms Road, SE of
Moura, Sep 1999, Bean 15331 (BRI, MEL). Warrego
District: Morven, Apr 1936, Blake 10985 (BRI).
Maranoa District: Beside airstrip, Mt Moffatt NP,
NW of Injune, Oct 1998, Bean 14285 (BRI); 24 km NE of
Roma, Apr 2003, Baumgartner 3371-6 (BRI). Burnett
District: c. 8 km NW of ‘Rawbelle’, W of Monto, Jun
1996, Bean 10383 (BRI, MEL); 2 km S of Derrabungy
Creek Bridge, S of Mundubbera, Nov 1997, Bean 12590
(BRI, MEL); Monto - Mt Perry Road, 0.5 km W of Yarrol
Road turnoff. Mar 2013, Bean 32112 (BRI, CANB, MEL,
US). Darling Downs District: Road to Kupunn, 1 km
from the Moonie Highway turnoff, 16 km SW of Dalby,
Oct 1996, Lowrey 1751 (BRI); Jondaryan cemetery, Apr
1994, Fensham 1688 (BRI, MEL). Moreton District:
Grounds of TAFE college, Byrne Street, Bundamba, Oct
2007, Bird s.n. (BRI [AQ745021]); Boonah, S of Ipswich,
Nov 1934, Michael 2093 (BRI). New South Wales. 3
miles [5 km] E of Inverell, Jun 1955, Jessup & Gray 2800
(CANB); 1 mile [1.6 km] N of Howell, Jun 1955, Jessup
& Gray 2784 (CANB); Travelling Stock Route, 5.5 km
N of Warialda on road to Yetman, Oct 1993, Prober s.n.
(CANB 00500874).
Distribution and habitat : Camptacra
barbata is widely distributed in the eastern
half of Queensland, and in the Victoria River
district of Northern Territory. It also extends
into northern New South Wales, west of the
Great Dividing Range (Map 1). It is found
almost exclusively on plains in grassland or
open woodland, with heavy dark-brown to
black cracking clay soil.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded for every month of the year.
Affinities : Camptacra barbata appears to be
closely related to C. gracilis (see Affinities
under that species).
Notes : Burbidge (1982) distinguished
Camptacra barbata from C. brachycomoides
(= C. gracilis ) by the ‘hemispheric’ mature
capitulum (vs. campanulate for C. gracilis)
and the ‘subglobose budding heads’ (vs.
‘campanulate bud’ for C. gracilis ); the sub-
apical colouration on the inner involucral
567
Bean, Camptacra
bracts (vs. uniformly coloured for C. gracilis );
and the woolly hairs on the inner face of the
involucral bracts at the distal end (vs. woolly
hairs absent for C. gracilis). I cannot discern
any consistent difference in the capitulum
shape between specimens determined by
Burbidge as C. barbata or C. brachycomoides,
and all Camptacra specimens have subglobose
budding heads at the earliest stage. The sub-
apical colouration of the bracts is apparent
on some specimens that Burbidge labelled C.
barbata (particularly those from far south¬
eastern Qld), but not on others. The ‘woolly
hairs on the inner surface of the bracts’
character does appear to be a useful character
for C. barbata , though not universally present.
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012). While the habitat of this species has
undoubtedly been reduced over the last
century, it is a common species with a very
large geographical range, occurring in
numerous conservation reserves.
2. Camptacra gracilis (Benth.) Lander,
Nuytsia 6: 61 (1987); Eurybia gracilis Benth.,
Enum. Pl. [Endlicher] 59 (1837); Camptacra
gracilis (Benth.) Lander f. gracilis , Nuytsia
6: 61 (1987). Type: Nova Hollandia, s.dat.,
F. Bauer s.n. (lecto: W 0047219 i.d.v. [here
designated]; probable isolecto: K 000890338
i.d.v).
Aster brachycomoides F.Muell., Fragm.
5: 86 (1865); Vittadinia brachycomoides
(F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 490 (1867);
Camptacra brachycomoides (F.Muell.)
N.T.Burb., Brunonia 5: 12 (1982); Camptacra
brachycomoides f. brachycomoides ,
N.T.Burb., Brunonia 5: 13 (1982). Type:
Arnhem’s Land, 14 July 1856, F. Mueller s.n.
(lecto: MEL 1004273, fide Burbidge (1982:
13); isolecto: K 000890337 i.d.v).
Erect herb to 40 cm high. Stems glabrous
or sometimes sparsely woolly-hairy. Leaves
linear, 26-50 mm long, 1.1-2.5 mm wide
excluding marginal teeth, glabrous, glands
absent; apex acute or occasionally trifid; base
narrowly cuneate to attenuate; margins entire
or with a few teeth up to 0.7 mm long, more
or less evenly distributed; midrib obvious but
all other venation obscure. Capitula 5.5-7
mm long, 9-11 mm diameter. Peduncles 4.5-
14 cm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide at midpoint,
glabrous throughout or with sparse woolly
hairs on upper part. Involucral bracts 26-40,
graduated in length, outer bracts narrowly
ovate, 1.8-3.3 mm long, glabrous or with
sparse woolly hairs on outer surface, apex
acute to acuminate; inner bracts narrowly
lanceolate, 3.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous
throughout or with ciliate margins on upper
part, apex acute to acuminate. Receptacle
1.3-3.5 mm across. Ray florets 20-42, corolla
tube 2-2.7 mm long, glabrous except for
sparse antrorse eglandular hairs near junction
of tube and ligule; tube + ligules 6-11 mm
long, white and becoming pink with age,
apex obtuse or minutely notched. Disc florets
28-66, yellow, corolla tube 3.2-4.2 mm long,
glabrous except for sparse antrorse hairs near
the midpoint; corolla lobes 0.5-0.65 mm long,
deltate, glabrous. Achenes 2.3-37 mm long,
maroon or purplish when mature, glabrous
or with sparse antrorse hairs on upper half.
Pappus bristles 24-30 in number, each 2.6-
4.2 mm long.
Additional selected specimens examined : Northern
Territory. Emu Springs, central Arnhem Land, Sep
1999, Cowie 8446 & Dunlop (BRI); c. 10 km N of the
Mainoru River towards Bullman Station from Mainoru
Station, May 1974, Pullen 9373 (CANB); 100 km SE of
Nhulunbuy, Arnhem Land, Sep 1985, Wightman 2239
(CANB). Queensland. Cook District: Brooklyn, near
Rifle Creek/Luster Creek junction, Jan 1996, Godwin
MGC4201 & Russell (BRI); Blackbraes NP, Dec 2010,
McDonald KRM10250 & Jensen (BRI, CANB); 1 km
N of Lakeland beside the Cooktown Road, Feb 2001,
Wannan 2162 (BRI); 16.5 km N of Mareeba Post Office,
on Mt Molloy Road, Dec 1993, Neldner 4126 & Milne
(BRI). North Kennedy District: 40 miles [64 km] S
of Ayr, on W bank of Burdekin River, Feb 1963, Selon
27 (BRI); “Etonvale”, WSW of Bowen, May 1992, Bean
4543 (BRI); near Gumlu, Oct 1950, Blake 18633 (BRI);
50 km S of Mt Garnet, May 1999, Wannan 1235 & Jago
(BRI); Wambiana Station, 70 km S of Charters Towers,
Jun 1998, OReagain 729 (BRI). South Kennedy
District: Red Hill Station, 79.5 km SSW of Charters
Towers, Apr 2006, Thompson CHA705 & Wilson
(AD, BRI). Port Curtis District: Broad Sound, Sep
1802, Brown s.n. (CANB); Marlborough serpentinite
landscape. May 2010, Hendry 744/7 (BRI); 2 km NW
of Seahound Hard boat ramp, Shoalwater Bay Training
area, N of Yeppoon, Feb 2012, Bean 31609 & Mathieson
(BRI, L, MEL, NY, P); 7.5 km from Bruce Highway at
Bajool, towards Port Alma, Apr 2012, Bean 32009 (BRI,
CANB, DNA, E, MO, W); The Springs, Shoalwater Bay
Military Area, N of Rockhampton, May 2014, Halford
QM1496 (BRI); S end of Duck Lagoon, South Percy
568
Island, Mar 1906, Tryon s.n. (BRI [AQ246175]); Mt
Bonnie Doon, Rockhampton - Marlborough area, Jan
1989, Specht 210 & Reeves (BRI); Old Byfield Road,
near Pine Mountain, May 1996, Plumb JP4 (BRI);
Clinton Lowlands, Freshwater sector, Shoalwater
Bay Training Area, N of Yeppoon, Apr 2016, Halford
QM2078 & Mathieson (B, BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO,
NSW, PRE, US).
Distribution and habitat : Camptacra
gracilis occurs in the north-east of the
Northern Territory (eastern Arnhem Land)
and in Queensland, where it extends from
Lakeland Downs to south of Gladstone, and
usually less than 200 km from the coast (Map
2). In coastal areas, it inhabits marine plains
in association with, or near to, Sporobolus
virginicus (L.) Kunth. Elsewhere it grows in
ephemeral swamps, in heavy soil with native
Dichanthium grassland, or in mixed eucalypt
woodland. It has also been recorded from
soils derived from serpentinite.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from
October to June; fruits are recorded from
November to May.
Typification : The sheet at W is chosen as the
lectotype for Eurybia gracilis Benth. as it is
the only known Bauer specimen matching
the protologue that was seen by Bentham
before the date of publication. The specimen
at K was received in 1854, and has somewhat
broader leaves, but is probably part of the
same gathering.
Affinities : Camptacra gracilis is closely
related to C. barbata , and some collections
are difficult to place. C. gracilis lacks the tuft
of hairs on the apex of the involucral bracts,
and it generally has narrower leaves, glabrous
leaves and stems, a smaller receptacle, and
few or no leaves with a trifid apex.
Notes : From the date of collection of
Aster brachycomoides, it can be inferred
that Mueller collected it near present-day
Mataranka, at the south-western extent of the
range of C. gracilis in the Northern Territory.
Specimens collected further south and west
are a closer match for C. barbata.
It is not known where Ferdinand Bauer
collected the type material for Eurybia
gracilis , but the type matches material
collected by Robert Brown from “Broad
Austrobaileya 10(4): 564-575 (2020)
Sound” and labelled Eurybiopsis macrorrhiza
DC., and both are very similar to some recent
collections from the Shoalwater Bay Training
Area in Queensland (cited above).
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012). While the habitat of this species has
been reduced over the last century, it is a
common species with a large geographical
range. It occurs in at least two National Parks.
3. Camptacra perdita A.R.Bean sp. nov.
Differing from C. barbata by the white
densely-woolly hairy stems, the glandular-
hairy involucral bracts, the consistently
unlobed leaf apex, and the smaller capitula
and florets. Typus: Queensland. Darling
Downs District: Oakey rail line, southern
side of Oakey, Cutella Road, 22 November
2001, 1.L. Menkins ILM0074 (holo: BRI; iso:
DNA).
Erect herb to 35 cm high. Stems very densely
woolly-hairy, snowy white. Leaves narrowly-
elliptical to oblanceolate, 14-24 mm long, 2-5
mm wide, sparsely woolly-hairy throughout,
glands absent; apex acute, never trifid; base
narrowly cuneate to attenuate; margins
occasionally entire but usually with 2-4
pairs of teeth up to 1.2 mm long, more or
less evenly distributed; midrib obvious but
all other venation obscure. Capitula 4-5.5
mm long, 7-9.5 mm diameter. Peduncles
3-7 cm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide at midpoint,
sparsely woolly-hairy throughout, and with
dense stalked glandular hairs on upper part.
Involucral bracts 30-36, graduated in length,
outer bracts narrowly ovate, 1.3-1.8 mm long,
with dense glandular hairs on outer surface,
apex acute to obtuse; inner bracts narrowly
elliptic, 27-3.4 mm long, sparsely glandular-
hairy throughout and with ciliate margins on
upper part, apex acute to obtuse. Receptacle
1-1.5 mm across. Ray florets 20-30, corolla
tube 1.3-1.5 mm long, glabrous except for
sparse antrorse stalked glandular hairs near
junction of tube and ligule; tube + ligules 4-6
mm long, white to light mauve, apex obtuse or
minutely notched. Disc florets 19-29, yellow,
corolla tube 2.9-3.3 mm long, glabrous;
corolla lobes c. 0.6 mm long, deltate, with
stalked glandular hairs on outer surface.
Achenes 2.5-27 mm long, brown when
569
Bean, Camptacra
mature, with moderately dense antrorse hairs
throughout, and with scattered glandular
hairs. Pappus bristles 23-28 in number, each
27-3.5 mm long. Fig. 1.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland.
Maranoa District: Bungegorgoral Stock Route, NW
of Howard, Oct 2017, Fensham 6812 (BRI); 7 km W of
St George, Sep 1973, Trapnell & Williams 287 (BRI).
Darling Downs District: Warrego Highway near
Oakey, Mar 2013, Fensham 6344 (BRI). New South
Wales. North Western Plains: Kirramingly Nature
Reserve, c. 30 km SSW of Moree, 2.5 km WSW of
Kirramingly Homestead, May 2010, Copeland 4440
(BRI; CANB, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH, all n.v .)
Distribution and habitat : Camptacraperdita
is known from four collections in southern
Queensland (two from near Oakey, one near
St George and one near Roma), and from a
single location in New South Wales (Map 2).
It is recorded growing in grassland on heavy
black soil on alluvium, at least two sites
dominated by Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.)
A.Camus.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded
for March, May, September, October and
November.
Affinities : Camptacra perdita differs from
its closest relative C. barbata by the white
densely-woolly hairy stems, the glandular-
hairy involucral bracts, the consistently
unlobed leaf apex, and the capitula 4-5.5 x
7-9.5 mm (5-8 x 8-14 mm for C. barbata),
and the corolla tube of the disc florets 2.9-3.3
mm long (3.3-4.2 mm long for C. barbata).
Notes : This is the only species of Camptacra
with glandular hairs; they are most obvious
on the involucral bracts and upper part of the
peduncle, but are also found on the corolla
lobes of the disc florets and on the achenes.
The contrast between the densely hairy
snowy-white stems and the sparsely-hairy
green leaves is also diagnostic.
Conservation status : The habitat of
Camptacra perdita (grassland on fertile
cracking clays) has been extensively utilised
for cropping and grazing for over a century,
and the few collections suggest that it is
threatened. A status of Endangered (IUCN
2012) is recommended, criterion B2ab(iii).
Etymology : From the Latin perditus, meaning
Tost’ or ‘abandoned’. This alludes to the
species co-existing with, but being vastly
outnumbered by Camptacra barbata.
4. Camptacra robusta A.R.Bean sp. nov.
With affinity to C. barbata, but differing by
the longer and broader capitula, the wider
leaves, the thicker peduncles and the longer
involucral bracts. Typus: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: Kennedy Highway, c.
12 km W of Ravenshoe, 11 December 2000,
R.L. Jago 5792 & B. Wannan (holo: BRI; iso:
DNA, US).
Vittadinia brachycomoides var. latifolia
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 490 (1867). Types:
[Queensland. Cook District:] Albany Island,
Cape York, 25 October 1849, J. Macgillivray
s.n. (syn: K 000890335 i.d.v)', [Queensland.]
Rockingham Bay, s.dat., J. Dallachy s.n. (syn:
K 000890334 i.d.v).
Camptacra brachycomoides f. lanata
N. T.Burb., Brunonia 5: 14 (1982); Camptacra
gracilis f. lanata (N.T.Burb.) Lander, Nuytsia
6: 61 (1987). Type: Queensland. Burke
District: Near source of Poison Creek, c.
90 miles [145 km] N of Hughenden, 11 April
1935, S.T. Blake 8545 (holo: BRI).
[Olearia arguta var. lanata, auct. non Benth.,
Queensland populations; Britten (1901: 249)].
Illustration : Britten (1901: t. 153) [as Olearia
arguta ].
Erect or procumbent herb or shrub to 50
cm high. Stems sparsely to densely woolly-
hairy. Leaves linear to narrowly-elliptic,
22-55 mm long, 4.5-12 mm wide excluding
marginal teeth, sparsely to densely woolly,
glands absent; apex acute, apiculate, or rarely
to frequently trifid; base broadly cuneate
to obtuse; margins entire or with a few
teeth up to 4 mm long, more or less evenly
distributed; midrib and 2 additional parallel
veins prominent. Capitula 8-12 mm long,
13-21 mm diameter. Peduncles 5-25 cm long,
O. 8-1.5 mm wide at midpoint, sparsely to
densely woolly throughout. Involucral bracts
28-36, graduated in length; outer bracts
narrowly ovate, 1.8-4 mm long, with sparse
woolly hairs on outer surface, apex acute;
570
Austrobaileya 10(4): 564-575 (2020)
Fig. 1 . Camptacra perdita. A. whole plant *0.5. B. flowering capitulum, lateral view *5. C. uppermost section of
peduncle, showing glandular hairs *32. D. ligulate floret *16. E. disc floret, pappus and immature achene *16. F. mature
achene with pappus xl6. All from Menkins ILM0074 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
571
Bean, Camptacra
inner bracts narrowly lanceolate, 6-7.5 mm
long, glabrous or shortly ciliate, apex acute
to obtuse. Receptacle 4-6.2 mm across. Ray
florets 36-60, corolla tube 3-3.5 mm long,
glabrous except for sparse antrorse eglandular
hairs near junction of tube and ligule; tube +
ligules 10-15 mm long, white to lilac, apex
obtuse or minutely notched. Disc florets
52-78, yellow, corolla tube 4.2-4.6 mm long,
glabrous except for sparse antrorse hairs near
the midpoint; corolla lobes 0.4-0.6 mm long,
deltate, glabrous. Achenes 2.9-4 mm long,
maroon or purplish when mature, glabrous
or with sparse antrorse hairs on upper half.
Pappus bristles 25-34 in number, each 4.7-
5.2 mm long. Fig. 2.
Additional selected specimens examined : Papua
New Guinea. Morobe Province: Karmanuntina
River valley, near Habaya, Goroka subdistrict, Sep
1957, Robbins 916 (CANB). Central Province:
Astrolabe Range, Jul 1918, White 245 (BRI); Aiyura,
Oct 1944, Smith NGF1147 (BRI). Queensland. Cook
District: Piccaninny Plain turnoff near Bamaga -
Weipa Road junction, Oct 2008, McDonald KRM8005
& Winter (BRI); Lizard Island, May 1975, Byrnes 3171
(BRI); Undara NP, Yaramulla ranger base, Dec 2004,
McDonald KRM3234 (BRI); c. 1 km S of Bailey Point,
Jun 2003, Jago 6499 (BRI); c. 30 miles [48 km] W of
Cardwell, Nov 1967, Boyland 573 (BRI); 4 km S of
Mareeba, on the Kennedy Highway, Dec 1983, Clarkson
5073 (BRI, CANB, CNS, DNA); 7.1 km by road W of
Petford, Jan 2008, McDonald KRM7126 & Ford (BRI);
Newcastle Range, 29.5 km by road E of Forsayth, Feb
2013, McDonald KRM13816 (BRI). Burke District:
Blackbraes NP, Mar 2003, Kemp TH7040 & Cutt (BRI).
North Kennedy District: Herberton, s.dat ., Kenny
s.n. (BRI [AQ246199]); 116 km from Kennedy on Mt
Garnet Road, Jan 1992, Forster PIF9512 (BRI, MEL);
Mt Fox crater, Seaview Range, Apr 1985, Rodd & Hardie
4461 (BRI, NSW); c. 0.6 km from junction of Kennedy
Highway and Gulf Development Road, towards Mt
Surprise, Dec 2004, McDonald KRM3151 et al. (BRI,
NSW); End of Deception Creek Road, Mt Zero/Taravale
Wildlife Sanctuary, Dec 2011, Jensen 2539 (BRI); 2 km
N of Burra microwave tower, Feb 1994, Bean 7491 &
Forster (BRI); Mt Abbot, 50 km W of Bowen, Aug 1992,
Bean 4852 (BRI). South Kennedy District: ‘Glen
Innes’, NW of Alpha, Jul 2003, Fensham 4888 (BRI);
c. 35 km SE of Lake Buchanan, Jun 1998, Thompson
BUC2084 (BRI). Mitchell District: Moorinya NP,
17.6 km NW of ranger station. May 2006, Thompson
TAN449 & Wilson (BRI); 20 km SE of Muttaburra
on Aramac Road, Apr 2012, Silcock JLS1177 (BRI).
Leichhardt District: Near Station Creek, 0.5 km W
of Arcturus Downs, E of Springsure, Oct 1998, Bean
13992 (BRI); Peak Downs, Jun 1951, Everist 4404 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Camptacra
robusta occurs in northern Queensland, from
Springsure to Cape York, and in Papua New
Guinea (Map 3). In Queensland, it prefers
basaltic plains with red to brown clayey soil,
but also occurs on plains with red sandy
soils, and on sandstone slopes, all in eucalypt
woodland. For Papua New Guinea, the habitat
is merely stated to be “grassland”.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded for every month of the year.
Affinities : Camptacra robusta appears closest
to C. barbata, but differs by the capitula 8-12
mm long and 13-21 mm across (5-8 mm
long and 8-14 mm across for C. barbata ), the
leaves 4.5-12 mm wide (1.4-5 mm wide for
C. barbata ), the peduncles 0.8-1.5 mm wide
at midpoint (0.4-0.8 mm wide for C. barbata ),
and the inner involucral bracts 6-7.5 mm long
(3.5-5.5 mm long for C. barbata).
Notes : Camptacra specimens from Papua
New Guinea are here tentatively included
under C. robusta , based on the relatively long
disc florets and ligules on the most mature
specimen ( Robbins 916). However, in the few
Papuan specimens available, there is much
variation in leaf size, capitulum size and
pappus length. More collections are needed
before a reliable taxonomic assessment can be
made.
Some Queensland specimens of
Camptacra robusta have been misidentified
as Olearia arguta Benth. The first such
instance was by Britten (1901), who identified
a Banks & Solander collection from
Endeavour River as Shawia arguta (Benth.)
Britten, a synonym of O. arguta. Another
specimen {Rodd & Hardie 446f cited
above) was identified by N. Lander in 1990
as O. arguta , and subsequently, numerous
specimens at BRI were named O. arguta
or O. arguta var. lanata Benth. Molecular
studies have confirmed that the Queensland
taxon is correctly placed in Camptacra (see
Introduction). Some specimens of this species
have very dense woolly indumentum on the
leaves and stems.
572
Austrobcdleya 10 ( 4 ): 564-575 ( 2020 )
Fig. 2. Camptacra robusta. A. flowering branchlet x0.5. B. flowering capitulum, lateral view M. C. a leaf from the
densely hairy form x4. D. disc floret xl2. E. ligulate floret xl2. F. mature achene with pappus x6. A from McDonald
KRM3234 (BRI); B,C,E from Jensen 2539 (BRI); D from Forster PIF9512 (BRI); F from Thompson BUC2084 (BRI).
Scale bar = 10 mm at xl magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
573
Bean, Camptacra
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012). The habitat of this species has been
reduced over the last century; however, it is
a common species with a large geographical
range, and is present in at least ten National
Parks.
Etymology : From the Latin robustus, meaning
solid or strong; this refers to the sturdy
and vigorous appearance of the species in
comparison with other species of Camptacra.
Acknowledgements
I thank the Directors of DNA, CANB and
MEL for sending their holdings of Camptacra
on loan. I am also grateful to Will Smith
for the illustrations of C. perdita and Nicole
Crosswell for the illustrations of C. robusta.
Peter Jobson made numerous helpful
suggestions. I thank Teghan Collingwood
for her efforts to locate the New South Wales
specimen of C. perdita at BRI.
References
Britten, J. (1901). In J. Banks & D.C. Solander,
Illustrations of Australian plants collected
in 1770 during Captain Cook’s voyage round
the world in H.M.S. Endeavour 2: 49, t. 153.
Trustees of the British Museum: London.
Burbidge, N.T. (1982). A revision of Vittadinia A.
Rich. (Compositae) together with reinstatement
of Eurybiopsis DC. and description of a new
genus, Camptacra. Brunonia 5: 1-72.
Cross, E.W., Quinn, C.J. & Wagstaff, S.J. (2002).
Molecular evidence for the polyphyly of Olearia
(Astereae: Asteraceae). Plant Systematics and
Evolution 235: 99-120.
Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria,
version 3.1, 2 nd ed. International Union for the
Conservation of Nature: Gland. https://portals.
iucn.org/library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-
001-2nd.pdf, accessed 20 January 2019.
Lander, N.S. (1987). New combinations in Camptacra
N.Burb. (Asteraceae: Astereae). Nuytsia 6: 61.
Lowrey, T.K., Quinn, C.J., Taylor, R.K., Chan,
R., Kimball, R.T. & De Nardi, J.C. (2001).
Molecular and morphological reassessment
of relationships within the Vittadinia group of
Astereae (Asteraceae). American Journal of
Botany 88: 1279-1289.
Map 1. Distribution of Camptacra barbata
574
Austrobaileya 10(4): 564-575 (2020)
Map 2. Distribution of Camptacra gracilis • and C. perdita ■
Bean, Camptacra
575
Map 3. Distribution of Camptacra robusta.
A taxonomic revision of the genus Lagenophora
Cass. (Asteraceae: Astereae) in New Guinea
Jian Wang & A.R. Bean
Summary
Wang, J. & Bean, A.R. (2020). A taxonomic revision of the genus Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae:
Astereae) in New Guinea. Austrobaileya 10(4): 576-582. The genus Lagenophora Cass, is
taxonomically revised for New Guinea with two species recognised. One ( Lagenophora sporadica
Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean sp. nov.) is endemic to New Guinea and the other (L. sublyrata (Cass.)
A.R.Bean & Jian Wang ter) is widespread in Asia, Australia and Malesia. The species are described
and illustrated. Notes are provided on the distribution (including a map), habitat and phenology. An
identification key is provided.
Key Words: Asteraceae; Astereae., Lagenophora sporadica ; Lagenophora sublyrata ; New Guinea
flora; new species; identification key; distribution map
Jian Wang & A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane
Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: jian.wang@des.
qld.gov. au; tony.bean@des.qld.gov. au
Introduction
Lagenophora Cass, is a small genus of daisies
in the Tribe Astereae and found mainly in the
temperate parts of the southern hemisphere.
Twelve species are found in Australia (Wang
& Bean 2019), nine species occur in New
Zealand (Breitwieser et al. 2012), three
species in southern South America (Cabrera
1966) and two in New Guinea. The genus
also extends to New Caledonia and Indonesia,
and as far as Sri Lanka and southern Japan
(Koidzumi 1928; Wang & Bean 2019).
The genus Lagenophora was first recorded
for New Guinea by Mueller (1889), based on
a specimen collected by William MacGregor
from the summit of the Owen Stanley Range,
earlier that same year. Cabrera (1966) cited
New Guinea specimens for three species,
L. gracilis Steetz, L. lanata A.Cunn. and
L. stipitata (Labill.) Druce. Koster (1966)
reduced this to two species, L. stipitata and
L. lanata , and stated that L. gracilis and L.
lanata could not be maintained as separate
species, as the former differs only by the
sparser tomentum.
The present authors concur with Koster
(1966) that two species are present - one is L.
sublyrata (Cass.) A.R.Bean & Jian Wang ter,
of which L. lanata is a synonym and the other
is L. sporadica Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean, a
new species closely related to L. stipitata.
Materials and methods
This revision is based on morphological
examination of Lagenophora material from
the following herbaria: A, AK, BRI, CANB,
GH, HO, L, MEL and NSW. Images of type
specimens held at FI, G, HAL, K, M, NY,
P and W have also been examined and are
indicated as i.d.v. (imago digitalis visa). Most
measurements are based on dried material,
but the dimensions of florets are based on
material reconstituted with boiling water.
Dimensions in the descriptions are inclusive,
viz. 1.0-17 is given as 1—1.7.
Accepted for publication 24 February 2020
577
Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in New Guinea
Taxonomy
Key to the New Guinea species of Lagenophora
Roots tuberous and fleshy, bunched; rhizomes short; stem very short
(leaves in basal rosette); scape hairs appressed to antrorse; achene
glands confined to the dorsal side of beak and adjacent upper dorsal
edge; achenes usually with 1-3 hairs at base; achene 2.2-2.4 mm long
excluding beak.
Roots fibrous and wiry, not bunched, rhizomes spreading; stem usually
elongated (leaves alternate along stem), scape hirsute, hairs retrorse to
patent; achene papillae extending all along ventral and dorsal edges
from beak to carpopodium, and on the basal and distal portions of both
faces; achenes without basal hairs; achene 2.9-3.4 mm long excluding
beak.
1. Lagenophora sublyrata (Cass.) A.R.Bean
& Jian Wang ter, Austrobaileya 10: 435-437
(2019); Ixauchenussublyratus Cass., Diet. Sci.
Nat. ed. 2. [F. Cuvier] 56: 176 (1828). Type:
Australia. [New South Wales.] Port Jackson,
November-December 1819, C. Gaudichaud
s.n. (lecto: image of P 00742955^ i.d.v.), fide
Bean & Wang (2017: 168). Epitype: New
South Wales. Hornsby, April 1914, W.F.
Blakely s.n. (NSW 10275), fide Bean & Wang
(2017: 168).
Ixauchenus lyratus Less., Syn. Gen. Compos.
193 (1832), nomen nudum.
Lagenophora billardierei var. media DC.,
Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 5: 307 (1836).
Type: Nova Hollandia, [in 1823], F.W. Sieber
505 (syn: G 00454010 i.d.v:, HAL i.d.v:, NY
00180436 i.d.v).
Lagenophora billardierei var. glabrata DC.,
Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 5: 307 (1836). Type:
Nouvelle Holland, in 1816, from Lambert’s
herbarium (syn: G 00454009 i.d.v).
Lagenophora lanata A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist.
2: 126 (1839). Type: New Zealand. Between
the Waitangy and Keri-Keri Rivers, in 1834,
R. Cunningham s.n. (lecto: K 000890104
i.d.v), fide Allen (1961: 606).
Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots fleshy,
bunched, 0.2-1 mm diameter; no stem or short
stem to 10 mm long; leaves and scapes firmly
attached to stem and/or rootstock. Leaves
4—9(—11), obovate, oblanceolate, elliptical,
spathulate, 1-2 cm long by 0.4-0.8 cm wide
L. sublyrata
L. sporadica
(c. 2.5 x longer than wide), sessile or with a
winged petiole-like base to 1 cm long; leaf
apex obtuse or rounded; leaf margins toothed,
crenate to sinuate, with 5-7(-9) teeth, each
tooth 0.2-0.4 mm long; upper leaf surface
green, with 2-7 hairs per mm 2 , each 0.1-0.3
mm long; lower leaf surface pale green, with
3-7 hairs per mm 2 , each 0.1-0.4 mm long;
leaf margins with 6-12 hairs per mm 2 , each
0.1-0.3 mm long; net veins usually obscure
on dried material on both surfaces. Scapes
channelled, 1-6 per tuft, each (2.5-)4-8 cm
long at anthesis, 4-11 cm long at fruiting
stage, 0.3-0.4 mm diameter, 0.3-0.5 mm thick
from lowest to upmost section; scape bracts
2-4, upper ones c. 0.6 x 0.2 mm, lower ones
c. 1.4 x 0.4 mm; scape indumentum c. 0.1 mm
long, antrorse, more or less appressed; 2-6
hairs per mm at midpoint of scape, slightly
denser towards apex. Capitula 2.5-3.5 mm
long, 2.5-5 mm diameter; involucral bracts
(20-)25 in 3 or 4 rows, lanceolate, oblong to
obovate, apex obtuse, acute, ciliate or with
fringed margin on distal part, glabrous, outer
bracts 1.2-1.5 x 0.3-0.4 mm, inner bracts
2.2-2.8 x 0.5-0.6 mm. Receptacle convex,
0.6-0.8 mm diameter and 0.5-0.8 mm high.
Ray florets 20-30 in 2-4 rows; tube c. 0.4 mm
long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, glandular hairy; style
branches c. 0.4 mm long; ligules 1.8-2 mm
long, 0.15-0.35 mm wide, with longitudinal
veins obscure, creamy, yellow or purple, apex
obtuse. Disc florets 10—15, corolla tubular,
1.5-1.8 mm long, light yellow, outer surface
with sparse glandular hairs; corolla lobes
5, deflate, 0.2-0.3 mm long x 0.3-0.35 mm
578
wide; stamens 5, anthers c. 0.6 mm long; style
branches c. 0.2 mm long; sterile ovary 0.6-0.7
mm long; pappus scales 1 or 2, c. 0.1 mm long.
Achenes compressed, lanceolate, obliquely
oblanceolate, 2.2-2.4 x 0.4-0.6 mm excluding
beak, light brown to dark brown at maturity;
achene edges more or less thickened; with
1-3 eglandular hairs present usually at base of
achene; achene glands confined to dorsal side
of beak and adjacent area of achene; achene
beak 0.4-0.5 mm long, with a thickened
white annular collar at its apex, 0.15-0.2 mm
diameter. Fig. 1.
Additional specimens examined : Indonesia. Papua.
BalimRiver,Dec 1938 .Brass II782(BR\, CANB,L);near
Lake Gita, Angi, Arfak Mts, Apr 1940, Kanehira 14115
& Hatusima (L); Anggi Gita Lake, Bivouac Noordpool,
Jan 1962, Sleumer 14020 & Vink (BRI, CANB, L).
Papua New Guinea. Western Highlands Province:
Yobobos grassland area, Laiagam subdistrict, Aug 1960,
Hoogland 7505 & Schodde (CANB, L). Southern
Highlands Province: Between Kendatel and Yombi, c.
6 miles [10 km] N of Ialibu patrol post, Jul 1961, Pullen
2735 (CANB). Morobe Province: Mannasat, Cromwell
Mountains, Huon Peninsula, Jul 1964, Hoogland 9450
(CANB); ibid , Aug 1964, Hoogland 9614 (BRI, L);
Watama, Menyamya subdistrict. May 1968, Streimann
NGF35897 & Kairo (L). Central Province: Boridi,
Nov 1935, Carr 13441 (CANB, L); Mafulu, Sep 1933,
Brass 5151 (BRI, L); Coastal scarp of Astrolabe Range,
SW of Birribi, Aug 1970, Schodde 5637 (L); Coast
scarp of Astrolabe Range, Port Moresby subdistrict,
Aug 1970, Stevens LAE50342 (BRI, CANB, L). Milne
Bay Province: Maneau Peak, Mt Dayman, May 1953,
Brass 22255 (CANB, L); E slopes, Goodenough Island,
Oct 1953, Brass 24666 (CANB, L); Mt Wadimana ridge,
NE from Mt Simpson, Jul 1969, Pullen 7865 (CANB);
Summit area of Mt Wadimana, eastern Mt Simpson
Range, Jul 1969, Schodde 5480 (CANB); Mt Suckling
Complex, Mayu II, Raba Raba Subdistrict, Jun 1972,
Stevens LAE54980 & Veldkamp (BRI, L); Goropu
Mountains (Mt Suckling), Jun 1972, Veldkamp 5536 &
Stevens (L).
Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora
sublyrata is the most widespread species in
the genus. It has been called by the misapplied
name L. gracilis or the synonymous name L.
lanata in south Asia (e.g. India, Sri Lanka),
south-east Asia (e.g. Vietnam), China,
Malesia (e.g. Java), New Caledonia, Australia
and New Zealand. In New Guinea, it has a
widespread distribution (Map 1). It mainly
inhabits montane grassland near rainforest
margins on sandy or fine gravel deposits in
wet situations from 670 m to 2750 m above
sea level. It has also been recorded on dry
Austrobaileya 10(4): 576-582 (2020)
sandy or rocky flats.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded throughout the year except February
and March.
Note: Lagenophora sublyrata is a widespread
species with variable leaf shape, indumentum
and plant size. New Guinea specimens are
usually quite hairy and small in stature, as are
specimens from New Zealand, but features
of the roots, the achene, scape and involucral
bracts are consistent with typical plants from
eastern Australia.
2. Lagenophora sporadica Jian Wang ter
& A.R.Bean, sp. nov. with affinities to L.
stipitata (Labill.) Druce and L. adenosa Jian
Wang ter & A.R.Bean, but differing from
L. stipitata by the sinuate to undulate leaf
margins, the two types of scape indumentum,
the shorter ligules of the ray florets, and
differing gland and/or papillae distribution
on the achene surfaces. It differs from L.
adenosa by the smaller sized ligules, and
the gland distributional pattern on achene
surfaces. Typus: Papua New Guinea. Oro
(Northern) Province: Mt Kenive (Nisbet),
Kokoda Subdistrict, 30 July 1974, J.R. Croft
et al. LAE65116 (holo: BRI [AQ352188]; iso:
A [2 sheets], CANB 559390, L 1815314).
[Lagenophora stipitata, auct. non (Labill).
Druce; Roster (1966: 590)].
Perennial rhizomatous herb; roots and
rhizomes fibrous; stem usually elongated
(leaves alternate along stem) or occasionally
short (leaves in near basal rosette); leaves
and scapes firmly attached to stem and/or
rootstock. Leaves 5-10, obovate to long-
spathulate, 1.5-4 cm long by 1-2.2 cm wide
(1.5-1.8 x longer than wide), with a winged
petiole-like base 1-4 cm long; leaf apex
obtuse; leaf margins sinuate to undulate,
usually with 9—11(—17) shallow lobes, each
lobe 0.5-2 mm long; upper leaf surface
grey green; with eglandular hairs 0.3-0.6
mm long, 4-10 per mm 2 ; lower leaf surface
pale green; with eglandular hairs 0.2-0.6
mm long, 1-6 per mm 2 ; both leaf surfaces
have papillae to 0.01 mm long, more or less
evenly distributed; leaf margins with 6-14
eglandular hairs per mm 2 , each 0.4-0.8 mm
Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in New Guinea
579
Fig. 1. Lagenophora sublyrata. A. habit of whole plant with flowering inflorescences >4.5. B. leaf with a section in
details x5. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape x20. F. capitulum with flowers and fruits removed, lateral view
x20. G. outer involucral bract x20. H. inner involucral bract x20. I. disc floret x35. J. marginal floret x35. K. achene
x35. A from Stevens LAE50342 (BRI), B, F from Brass 5151 (BRI), C-E from Stevens & Veldkamp LAE54980 (BRI),
G-J from Hoogland 9614 (BRI), K from Brass 11782 (BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at xl magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
580
long; lateral veins obscure on upper leaf
surfaces, but obvious on lower leaf surfaces.
Scapes channelled, 1—3(—4) per tuft, each 2-7
cm long at anthesis, 6-14 cm long at fruiting
stage, c. 0.6 mm diameter but expanding to c.
1.4 mm at apex; scape bracts 2-3, upper ones
c. 4x0.5 mm, lower ones c. 8 x 1.8 mm; scape
indumentum including eglandular hairs 0.2-
0.5 mm long, appressed, patent or retrorse;
1-4 hairs per mm 2 at midpoint of scape, 4-8
hairs per mm 2 towards apex; and papillate to
c. 0.01 mm long, 5-15 per mm 2 at midpoint
of scape, but very densely distributed towards
apex. Capitula 4-5(-6) mm long, 7-12 mm
diameter; involucral bracts c. 54 in 3 or 4 rows,
linear, lanceolate, apex acute to acuminate,
with fringed margins on distal half, papillate
with eglandular hairs occasionally along
midrib on outer surface; outer bracts c. 2.5 x
0.5 mm, inner bracts 2.5-3.5 x 0.3-0.7 mm.
Receptacle convex to hemispherical, 2.8-4.4
mm diameter and 1.4-2.5 mm high. Ray florets
c. 83, in 3-4 rows; tube 0.5-0.9 mm long, c.
0.3 mm wide, with papillae; style branches c.
0.6 mm long; ligules 1.9-2.2 x 0.3-0.4 mm,
longitudinal veins obscure, white or pink,
apex obtuse and bidentate. Disc florets c. 11;
corolla tubular, c 1.8 mm long, greenish or
yellow, outer surface covered with papillae;
corolla lobes (4-)5, deflate, 0.3-0.4 x c. 0.3
mm; stamens (4—)5, filaments 1.1-1.5 mm
long, anthers 0.6-0.8 mm long; style branches
0.4-0.7 mm long; sterile ovary 2.2-2.5 mm
long, with a thickened white annular collar at
its apex, collar c. 0.3 mm diameter. Achenes
compressed, oblanceolate, straight or slightly
curved, 2.9-3.4 mm long excluding beak, c.
1 mm wide, uniformly brown at maturity;
achene edges slightly thickened; achene
papillae extending all along ventral and dorsal
edges from beak to carpopodium, and on the
basal and distal portions of both faces; achene
beak 0.5-1.1 mm long, densely surrounded by
papillae, and with a white annular collar at its
apex, 0.2-0.25 mm diameter. Fig. 2.
Additional selected specimens examined: Papua
New Guinea. Eastern Highlands Province: Mt
Aniata, Mar 1959, Cruttwell 1057 (K, L); Mt Wilhelm,
Nov 1960, Borgmann 315 (L). Central Province: Mt
Albert Edward, May/Jul 1933, Brass 4226 (A, BRI, K,
L); NW part of Mt Albert Edward, Jun 1974, Craven
2750 (A, CANB, K, L). Morobe Province: Samanzing
Austrobaileya 10(4): 576-582 (2020)
vicinity, Upper Camp, Feb 1939, Clemens 9585 (L
1815313, L 1815327); ibid, Feb 1939, Clemens 9910A
(A, L); Mt Enggom, Sarawaket Range, Feb 1963, van
Royen NGF16204 (BRI, CANB, L). Oro (Northern)
Province: W slopes Mt Kenive (Nisbet), Kokoda
Subdistrict, Aug 1974, Croft LAE65155 (BRI, L). Milne
Bay Province: Mt Ganaina, Aug 1962, Cruttwell 1280
(K, L); Goropu Mountains (Mt Suckling), Jun 1972,
Veldkamp & Stevens 5678 (CANB, L); S Spur of Goe
Dendeniwa, Mt Suckling complex, Jun 1972, Stevens
& Veldkamp LAE54205 (A, BRI, CANB, K, L); Slopes
of Goe Dendeniwa, Mt Suckling complex, Raba Raba
Subdistrict, Jun 1972, Stevens & Veldkamp LAE54279
(A, BRI, CANB, K, L); E slope of Manurep, Raba Raba
Subdistrict, Jul 1972, Stevens & Veldkamp LAE54497
(A, BRI, CANB, K, L).
Distribution and habitat : Lagenophora
sporadica is endemic to Papua New Guinea
where it is restricted to high altitudes
from 2400 to 3800 m (Map 1). It grows in
conifer dominated submontane rainforest
and relictual forest that can be dominated
by Prunus, Podocarpus or Papuacedrus. It
is also recorded from the shade of subalpine
shrubberies; subalpine grasslands in rocky
places with low grass; and in the shelter of
forest borders and logs. It can be a common
species even in burnt forest areas.
Phenology : Both flowers and fruits were
recorded in February, March, May to August,
and November.
Typification: It is indicated on the label of
the type specimen of Lagenophora sporadica
that duplicates of LAE65116 are also present at
BISH, BM, BO, E, K, LAE, M, PNH, SING,
SYD and US, but none of these have been
seen by the present authors.
Affinities : Lagenophora sporadica is of
similar appearance to L. stipitata , but differs
by the sinuate to undulate leaf margins
(obtusely serrate for L. stipitata ), the two
types of scape indumentum (usually one type
only for L. stipitata ), the ligules of the ray
florets 1.9-2.2 mm long, (2.3-3.3 mm long
for L. stipitata ), and different gland and/or
papillae distributional patterns on the achene
surfaces. It also resembles L. adenosa, but
differs from that species by the smaller sized
ligules at 1.9-2.2 x 0.3-0.4 mm (3-3.4 x 0.4-
0.6 mm for L. adenosa), and the distributional
patterns of glands and/or papillae on achene
surfaces.
Wang & Bean, Lagenophora in New Guinea
581
Fig. 2. Lagenophora sporadica. A. habit of whole plant with flowering inflorescences x0.5. B. leaf with a section in
details *5. C-E. lower, mid and upper-sections of scape xl5. F. capitulum with flowers and fruits removed, lateral view
x5. G. outer involucral bract xl5. H. inner involucral bract xl5. I. disc floret with immature achene x20. J. marginal
floret with near mature achene x20. K. achene x20. A, C-K from Croft LAE65116 (BRI), B from Craven 2750 (CANB).
Scale bar = 10 mm at xi magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
582
Etymology : From the Latin sporadicus ,
meaning ‘scattered’ or ‘widely dispersed’.
This refers to the widely dispersed glands
and/or papillae on the faces of the achenes, in
comparison with Lagenophora adenosa and
L. stipitata.
Acknowledgements
We acknowledge the Directors of A, AK,
CANB, GH, HO, L, MEL andNSW for the loan
of herbarium specimens. Nicole Crosswell is
thanked for providing the illustrations. Peter
de Lange is also thanked for comments on an
earlier draft of this paper.
References
Allen, H.H. (1961). Flora of New Zealand, Volume
1, Indigenous Tracheophyta. R.E. Owen,
Government Printer: Wellington.
Bean, A.R. & Wang, J. (2017). The identity and
typification of Ixauchenus sublyratus Cass.
(Asteraceae). Adansonia ser. 3, 39: 1-4.
Austrobaileya 10(4): 576-582 (2020)
Breitwieser, I., Brownsey, P.J., Garnock-Jones, P.J.,
Perrie, L.R. & Wilton A.D. (2012). Phylum
Tracheophyta - vascular plants. In D P Gordon
(ed.). New Zealand Inventory of Biodiversity.
Kingdoms Bacteria, Protozoa, Chromista,
Plantae, Fungi. 3: 411-459. University of
Canterbury Press: Christchurch.
Cabrera, A.L. (1966). The genus Lagenophora
(Compositae). Blumea 14: 285-308.
De Candolle, A.P (1836). Prodromus systematis
naturalis regni vegetabilis 5: 307-308. Treuttel
& Wurtz: Paris.
Koidzumi, G. (1928). Plantae Novae Amami-
Ohsimensis nee non Insularum Adjacentium.
1. Phytogeographical notes on the flora of the
Loochoo Archipelago; 2. Description of new
species, pp. 3-4. Kagoshima, Japan.
Koster, J.T. (1966). The Compositae of New Guinea I.
Nova Guinea Botany 24: 497-614.
Mueller, F. (1889). Records of observations on Sir
William MacGregor’s highland plants from
New Guinea. Transactions of the Royal Society
of Victoria 1(2): 1-45.
Wang, J. & Bean, A.R. (2019). A taxonomic revision of
Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae) in Australia.
Austrobaileya 10: 405-442.
Map 1. Distribution of Lagenophora sublyrata • and L. sporadica A in New Guinea.
Lobelia fenshamii N.G.Walsh & Albr. and L. fontana
Albr. & N.G.Walsh (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae ),
two new species endemic to artesian springs in
central and south-western Queensland
David E. Albrecht 1 , Neville G. Walsh 2 , Richard W. Jobson 3 & Eric B. Knox 4
Summary
Albrecht, D.E., Walsh, N.G., Jobson, RW. & Knox, E.B. (2020). Lobelia fenshamii N.G.Walsh &
Albr. and L. fontana Albr. & N.G.Walsh (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae ), two new species endemic
to artesian springs in central and south-western Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(4): 583-593. Lobelia
fenshamii and L. fontana , endemic to artesian springs in central and south-western Queensland,
are described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, habitat, conservation status and features
distinguishing them from closely related species of Lobelia and Isotoma.
Key Words: Campanulaceae; Lobelioideae ; Lobelia ; Isotoma ; Lobelia fenshamii., Lobelia fontana ;
Isotoma fluviatilis; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species; taxonomy; conservation status;
artesian springs
'Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, GPO Box
1700, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia; 2 Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Private Bag 2000,
Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia; "National Herbarium of New South Wales,
Royal Botanic Gardens and Domain Trust, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia;
4 Indiana University Herbarium, Department of Biology, Indiana University, Jordan Hall 142,
1001 East Third Street, Bloomington, Indiana 47405, USA. Email for corresponding author: dave.
albrecht@csiro.au
Introduction
Although Isotoma (R.Br.) Lindl. is currently
recognised as distinct from Lobelia L. in
Australia (CHAH 2020), recent molecular data
(Knox et al. 2006; Antonelli 2008; Knox & Li
2017; E.B. Knox unpubl. data) place Isotoma
species and many southern hemisphere Lobelia
species in a predominantly Australasian clade
that originated in Australia. Lammers (2011)
assigned species in this clade to Lobelia
section Hypsela (C.Presl) Lammers although
he did not provide combinations for those
species of Isotoma lacking available names
in Lobelia. Further sampling and analyses
are underway to improve the phylogenetic
resolution and resolve generic limits prior
to making nomenclatural changes. In the
absence of a final resolution on the status of
Isotoma , Heenan et al. (2008) described three
new species from New Zealand in Lobelia
despite them all having an entire or weakly
Accepted for publication 6 March 2020
cleft corolla tube, a feature traditionally
regarded a characteristic of Isotoma. Albrecht
et al. (2018) adopted a similar approach
when describing Lobelia claviflora Albr.
& R.W.Jobson, a species with a weakly
cleft corolla tube. For consistency the two
new species described herein are named
as species of Lobelia rather than Isotoma ,
while acknowledging that the generic limits
of Lobelia and status of Isotoma are still not
fully resolved.
The two new species are artesian
spring endemics and have highly restricted
distributions. The ecology of springs of the
Great Artesian Basin has received considerable
study in recent years, with numerous endemic
species of flora and invertebrate fauna
identified (e.g. Commonwealth of Australia
2014; Fensham et al. 2016b). The number and
quality of intact springs has been dramatically
reduced since European settlement because of
groundwater extraction, and it is believed that
the extinction of endemic plants and animals
584
has occurred (Rossini et al. 2018). While
the capping of bores that have historically
depleted the aquifer has partly been completed,
the security of remaining functional springs
remains threatened by continuing damage by
stock, feral animals (e.g. pigs) and, potentially,
mining and coal-seam gas extraction
(Fensham et al. 2010). These artesian spring-
fed ecosystems are listed as Endangered under
the Australian Environment Protection and
Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC)
with any proposed developments requiring
referral (Doody et al. 2019). Consequently,
there is a conservation imperative for as-yet
undescribed species to be elucidated to assist
future actions that may serve to secure or
enhance remaining springs.
Materials and methods
The descriptions are based on fresh, field-
collected plants, herbarium specimens
and transplants grown in cultivation at the
Alice Springs Desert Park (ASDP) nursery,
Australian National Botanic Gardens (ANBG)
nursery, and a private garden in Sydney.
Floral measurements were taken from fresh,
spirit or rehydrated material. Hypanthium
features were assessed at flowering stage
unless otherwise stated. Corolla tube length
was measured from the corolla base (where
it becomes distinct from the hypanthium) to
the sinuses between the three lobes of the
lower lip, thus including the proximal part of
the lower lip where the three lobes are fused.
The length of the upper two corolla lobes was
measured as the distance between the tip of
the lobe and sinus between the upper (2-lobed)
and lower (3-lobed) lips. The length of the
lateral lobes of the lower lip was measured
as the distance between tip of the lobe and
sinus between the lateral and central lobe of
the lower lip. The length of staminal filaments
was measured as the distance between the
points where they join the anther tube and
hypanthium. All dimensions are inclusive,
viz. 1.0-1.7 is given as 1-1.7.
Taxonomy
1. Lobelia fenshamii N.G.Walsh & Albr. sp.
nov. with affinity to Isotoma fluviatilis (R.Br.)
F.Muell. ex Benth., differing in its smaller,
Austrobaileya 10(4): 583-593 (2020)
slightly more actinomorphic corollas that lack
both contrasting yellow-green patches in the
throat and a contrasting darker transverse
colour band towards the base of the lower
3 lobes, shorter calyx lobes, almost entirely
connate staminal filaments that are wholly
free of the corolla and indehiscent fruits. Also
with affinity to Lobelia fontana , but differing
in its smaller corollas, shorter hypanthium,
shorter calyx lobes, shorter anther tube,
absence of bracteoles, shorter and differently
shaped fruits that tend to be downturned into
the soil, and seeds with a vermiculate surface
pattern. It superficially resembles Lobelia
irrigua R.Br. but that species has unisexual
flowers, a deeply cleft corolla tube, shortly
connate staminal filaments, longer fruits
and seeds with a reticulate-alveolate surface
pattern. Typus: Queensland. Mitchell
District: Myross, E of Aramac, 15 May
2000, R.J. Fensham 3883 (holo: BRI).
Isotoma sp. (Myross R.J. Fensham 3883);
Forster (2007: 41, 2010: 36, 2018, 2020);
CHAH (2020).
Herbaceous semi-aquatic rhizomatous
perennial forb , completely prostrate and
loosely mat-forming or ascending slightly
(to c. 4 cm high), rooting at the nodes. Stems
terete, zig-zagged, glabrous, often spongy or
hollow. Leaves distichous, alternate, sessile
or with a petiole-like base to c. 2.5 mm long;
lamina narrowly to broadly elliptic, ovate or
obovate (often markedly different leaf shapes
occurring synchronously on the same plant),
flat or convex, rather thick-textured and rigid,
1.5—6(—10) mm long, 0.6-2(-6) mm wide,
l:w ratio 14—3:1, pale green to yellowish
green, glabrous, with 1-few minute embedded
marginal glands on each side, margin entire
or minutely indented corresponding with
position of a gland, apex obtuse to rounded,
usually with a minute embedded apical gland,
base attenuate or rather abruptly tapered to a
petiole-like base. Flowers bisexual, solitary
in axils. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 2-8
mm long (3-10 mm in fruit), not or barely
exceeding subtending leaf in flower, up to c.
twice as long as leaf in fruit, glabrous, widely
spreading or reflexed when fruiting, tending to
bury the fruit into the substrate. Hypanthium
Albrecht etal ., Two new species of Lobelia
obconical to obovoid or ellipsoid, 1.5-2.1
mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide, glabrous. Calyx
lobes erect in flower and fruit, triangular,
0.3-0.6 mm long and wide, glabrous, entire.
Corolla almost actinomorphic, rotate to
campanulate, very weakly 2-lipped, 1.5-2.8
mm long, wholly and evenly white to pale
cream or rarely with pinkish veins on abaxial
side of lobes; corolla lobes linear-lanceolate
to triangular, 1.3-1.6 mm long, 0.6—0.8(—1.1)
mm wide, spreading with slightly recurved
acute tips, glabrous; tube 0.5-1.3 mm long,
expanding slightly from base, c. 1.5 mm
diam. at throat, slightly to distinctly longer
than calyx lobes, not or weakly cleft on dorsal
side to within 0.5-1 mm of base, glabrous
or with a few spreading hairs internally
towards base. Staminal filaments 0.7—1(—1.2)
mm long, connate for all but up to 0.2 mm at
base, attached at apex of hypanthium, entirely
free from the corolla tube, glabrous. Anther
tube more than half to almost fully exserted
beyond dorsal corolla tube sinus, 0.7-1 mm
long, greyish-blue or purplish, glabrous
except around the apical orifice, two ventral
anthers each with an apical seta 0.2-0.3 mm
long and an associated tuft of finer hairs 0.1-
0.2 mm long, dorsal anthers glabrous apically.
Style glabrous; stigmatic lobes 2, elongate-
hemispherical. Fruit obovoid to broadly
ellipsoid or globose, slightly compressed
laterally, 2-3 mm long, 1.4-2.7 mm wide,
glabrous, inconspicuously veined; apical
portion raised 0.5-0.7 mm above the rim of
the hypanthium, apparently indehiscent and
releasing seeds through rupture or rotting of
the thin walls; persistent calyx lobes erect, not
accrescent. Seeds c. 20 per capsule, ellipsoid
to broadly ellipsoid, slightly compressed,
0.5-0.7 mm long, (0.25-)0.3-0.45 mm wide,
pale to mid-brown; testa with a network of
wavy ridges (vermiculate). Figs. 1 & 2.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. South
Kennedy District: ‘Doongmabulla’ NW of Clermont,
Feb 1999, Fensham 3336 (BRI). Mitchell District:
Edgbaston, E of Aramac, Feb 1998, Fensham 3334
(BRI); Edgbaston, Aramac, Mar 1995, Chuk E10 &
Wylks (BRI); First Spring, Edgbaston Reserve, E of
Aramac, Apr 2012, Bean 31636 (BRI). Warrego
District: Yowah Creek Springs, Bundoona, Feb 2005,
Fensham 5233 (BRI); ibid , Dec 2012, Silcock 1430 (IND,
MEL); ibid , Jun 2015, Silcock s.n. (MEL); ibid , May
2017, Albrecht 15027 (CANB).
585
Distribution and habitat : Lobelia
fenshamii occurs at two spring complexes
in central Queensland (near Barcaldine and
near Clermont) and one in south-central
Queensland (near Eulo). These sites are in the
Mitchell Grass Downs, Desert Uplands and
Mulga Lands bioregions (Department of the
Environment and Energy 2013) respectively.
Lobelia fenshamii is confined to shallow
pools and seepage areas formed from artesian
springs. The associated vegetation is sedgy
grassland or shallow aquatic herbland with
commonly associated species including
Cyperus laevigatus L., Eragrostis fenshamii
B.K.Simon, Eriocaulon carsonii F.Muell.,
Fimbristylis dichotoma (L.) Vahl, F.
ferruginea (L.) Vahl, Myriophyllum artesium
Halford & Fensham, Sporobolus pamelae
B.K. Simon and Utricularia fenshamii
R.W.Jobson. The soils are neutral-alkaline
clayey sands and remain permanently wet.
Phenology : Flowers have been noted all year
round.
Notes : Lobelia fenshamii has been informally
known as Isotoma sp. (Myross R.J.Fensham
3883) (Forster 2007,2010,2018,2019), sharing
with other species of Isotoma an entire, or
very shortly cleft corolla tube. Preliminary
molecular data indicate that L. fenshamii is
sister to L. fontana (described herein) (Knox
et al., unpublished data). It most resembles
Isotoma fluviatilis (with three subspecies
currently recognised) and Lobelia fontana , in
having flowers with an entire (or very nearly
entire) corolla tube and prostrate, mat-forming
habit. The generally wet habitat is common
to all three species. It differs from all three
subspecies of I fluviatilis in its slightly more
actinomorphic, smaller corollas (1.5-2.8 mm
long, vs. 3-16 mm long for I. fluviatilis) that
lack both contrasting yellow-green patches in
the throat and a contrasting darker transverse
colour band towards the base of the lower 3
lobes, shorter calyx lobes (0.3-0.6 mm long,
vs. (0.5-)0.7-2.5 mm long), almost entirely
connate staminal filaments (vs. connate for
less than half their length) that are wholly free
of the corolla (vs. adnate for 0.9-4 mm) and in
its indehiscent (vs. dehiscent) fruits. Further
differences are apparent for individual
586
Austrobaileya 10(4): 583-593 (2020)
Fig. 1. Lobelia fenshamii , showing flowers, immature fruits and leaf variation (cultivated plant ex Albrecht 15027,
CANB). Photo: D. Albrecht.
Fig. 2. Lobelia fenshamii seed (population voucher Silcock s.n MEL).
Albrecht et al., Two new species of Lobelia
subspecies of I. fluviatilis ; for example,
flowers are unisexual in subsp. fluviatilis (vs.
bisexual in L. fenshamii ) and the lower three
corolla lobes have conspicuous spreading
hairs on the adaxial surface in I. fluviatilis
subsp. australis McComb and I. fluviatilis
subsp. borealis McComb (vs. glabrous in L.
fenshamii). All populations of I. fluviatilis
are at least 650 km away from the closest
population of L. fenshamii. Lobelia fenshamii
differs from L. fontana in its smaller corollas
(1.5-2.8 mm long, vs. 6-9.5 mm long), shorter
hypanthium (1.5-2.1 mm long, vs. 3.5-7 mm
long), shorter calyx lobes (0.3-0.6 mm long,
vs. 1.1-1.8 mm long), shorter anther tube
(0.7-1 mm long, vs. 1.5-2 mm long), absence
of bracteoles (vs. present but minute), shorter
and differently shaped fruits (2-3 mm long
and obovoid to broadly ellipsoid or globose,
vs. >4.5 mm long and obconical) that tend
to be downturned into the soil rather than
prostrate on it and seeds with a vermiculate
(vs. areolate) surface pattern. Lobelia
fenshamii superficially resembles some forms
of the variable L. irrigua , but that species
has unisexual flowers, a deeply cleft corolla
tube, shortly connate staminal filaments,
longer fruits (5-8 mm long) and seeds with a
reticulate-alveolate surface pattern.
Conservation status : Lobelia fenshamii is
known from three localities, none larger
than 6 km 2 ; c. 100 km north of Barcaldine
(‘Edgbaston’ and adjacent ‘Myross’), c. 165
km NW of Clermont (‘Doongmabulla’) and
c. 35 km NE of Eulo (‘Yowah Creek’). The
distance between the northernmost and
southernmost localities is about 665 km.
Eighteen subpopulations are distributed
between Edgbaston/Myross (14) and
Doongmabulla (4), while the Yowah Creek
locality consists of a single subpopulation,
but is the largest of all the subpopulations.
There have been extensive surveys of springs
of the Great Artesian Basin suggesting
further populations are unlikely to be found,
but it is likely that other populations existed
prior to stocking and establishment of bores
(Commonwealth of Australia 2014; Fensham
etal. 2016b).
587
The Myross and Yowah Creek
subpopulations occur on properties managed
primarily for cattle. The Doongmabulla
property is also managed for stock but the
subpopulations are protected by a Nature
Refuge Agreement. The subpopulations
located on the Bush Heritage Australia
property ‘Edgbaston’ are managed for
conservation (R. Fensham pers. comm.).
Approximately half of the artesian springs
recorded from Queensland have ceased to
flow since European settlement due to water
extraction through artificial bores, including
many in the Barcaldine supergroup, which
includes Doongmabulla and Edgbaston
(Fensham et al. 2016a; Fahey et al. 2019). A
government bore-capping program has helped
to reduce the dramatic decline in functional
springs; however, the exact outcomes of
this program have not been evaluated
(GABCC 2014). An impending threat to the
Doongmabulla population is potential draw¬
down associated with the development of
the Adani Carmichael Mine (Fensham et al.
2016b; Currell et al. 2017).
Although apparently not grazed, Lobelia
fenshamii may become trampled into the
ground where the population density of cattle
or goats is high and/or concentrated on springs.
Pigs remain a minor threat at some sites.
Applying IUCN criteria (IUCN 2012), the risk
assessment produces a result for L. fenshamii
of Endangered (EN, B2ab), based on Area
of Occupancy (AOO) <250 km 2 , fragmented
occurrence - fewer than 10 locations, and
projected continuing reduction in area of
occupation, number of subpopulations and
mature individuals. This species is currently
listed as Vulnerable under the Queensland
Nature Conservation Act 1992.
Attempts to cultivate the species have
been successful in the short, but not long term.
It is recommended that seeds are collected
and stored in a recognised seed bank, and
that research is undertaken to understand
germination requirements.
588
Etymology : The specific epithet honours Dr
Rod Fensham of the Queensland Herbarium
(BRI) and Department of Biological Sciences,
The University of Queensland (UQ), whose
outstanding ecological research on artesian
springs has been instrumental in drawing
attention to the importance of conserving
these unique environments.
2. Lobelia fontana Albr. & N.G.Walsh sp. nov.
with affinity to Isotomafluviatilis , differing in
its corolla lacking both contrasting yellow-
green patches in the throat and a contrasting
darker transverse colour band towards the
base of the lower 3 lobes (rarely a very faint
pinkish line transverses the base of the central
lobe of the lower lip), often longer hypanthium,
staminal filaments connate for greater than
half their length and indehiscent fruits. Also
with affinity to Lobelia fenshamii , differing in
its larger corolla, longer hypanthium, longer
calyx lobes, longer anther tube, presence of
minute bracteoles, longer obconical fruits that
tend to be prostrate on the soil surface and
seeds with a different surface pattern. Typus:
Queensland. Gregory North District:
Elizabeth Springs, c. 100 km SE of Boulia, 24
February 1999, R. J. Fensham 3676 (holo: BRI
[1 sheet & spirit material]).
Isotoma sp. (Elizabeth Springs R.J.Fensham
3676); Forster (2018, 2020).
Herbaceous semi-aquatic rhizomatous
perennial forb , prostrate and mat-forming,
rooting at the nodes. Stems terete, straight
to weakly zig-zagged, glabrous. Leaves
distichous, alternate, sessile or with a petiole¬
like base to c. 2.5 mm long; lamina obovate
or elliptic, rarely ovate, flat, rather thick-
textured, 4-13.5 mm long, (1.5-)2-6.5(-7.2)
mm wide, l:w ratio 1.5-2.5:1, glossy green,
glabrous, margins entire or with few minute
inconspicuous teeth or indentations, the teeth
or indentations corresponding with position
of a gland, apex obtuse to rounded, with a
minute embedded apical gland, base attenuate
or gradually tapered to a petiole-like base.
Flowers bisexual, solitary in axils. Bracteoles
linear, 0.1-0.3 mm long, inconspicuous at
base of pedicel. Pedicels 2.5-13 mm long,
not or scarcely elongating in fruit, shorter
or longer than subtending leaf, glabrous,
Austrobaileya 10(4): 583-593 (2020)
tending to be prostrate in fruit. Hypanthium
cylindric-obconical to obconical, narrowed
abruptly just below calyx lobes, 3.5-7 mm
long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Calyx lobes
erect in flower and fruit, narrowly triangular
to triangular, 1.1-1.8 mm long, glabrous,
entire. Corolla very weakly zygomorphic,
almost actinomorphic, very weakly 2-lipped,
6-9.5 mm long, wholly and evenly white to
pale cream except for an inconspicuous green
region at the base of the tube internally, rarely
with either a very faint pinkish tinge on the
external surface of the tube or lobes, a faint
touch of pink near the sinuses between the
lobes or a very faint pinkish transverse line
across the base of the central lobe of the lower
lip; upper lip 2-lobed, the lobes triangular-
lanceolate to elliptic, 4-6.2(-7.2) mm long, 1-2
mm wide, spreading with recurved acute tips,
glabrous; lower lip 3-lobed, the lobes basally
fused for (0-)0.3-1.3 mm above sinus with
upper lip, lobes triangular, broadly lanceolate
or elliptic, 37-6.5 mm long, 1-2.2 mm wide,
spreading with recurved acute tips, glabrous;
tube 2.3-3.5 mm long, 1.2-1.8 mm diameter
at base broadening to 1.5-3 mm diameter at
apex, weakly cleft on dorsal side to within
2-3.2 mm of base, glabrous externally, with
spreading to reflexed hairs towards the base
internally. Staminal filaments 3-4.2 mm long,
connate distally for (1.5—)2—3.5 mm, although
the connate part readily splitting between
the filaments, adnate to the base of the
corolla tube for 0.2-1.7 mm, glabrous or with
sparse inconspicuous hairs on inner surface.
Anther tube fully exserted beyond dorsal
corolla tube sinus, 1.5-2 mm long, greyish-
blue to purplish or yellow-brown, glabrous
except around the apical orifice, two ventral
anthers each with an apical seta 0.25-0.5
mm long and an associated tuft of finer hairs
0.05-0.2 mm long, dorsal anthers glabrous
apically. Style glabrous; stigmatic lobes 2,
elongate-hemispherical. Fruit obconical, not
or slightly compressed laterally, 4.5-5.5 mm
long (but possibly up to c. 8 mm), 2.2-2.5
mm wide, glabrous, veins not evident; apical
portion raised 0.6-1.3 mm above the rim of
the hypanthium, apparently indehiscent and
releasing seeds through rupture or rotting of
the fruit walls; persistent calyx lobes erect,
Albrecht et al., Two new species of Lobelia
589
Fig. 3. Lobelia fontana, showing flowers and immature fruits (population voucher Fensham 6411, BRI). Photo: S.
Peck.
Fig. 4. Lobelia fontana flower (cultivated plant exJobson 2626, NSW). Photo: A.E. Orme.
590
Austrobaileya 10(4): 583-593 (2020)
Fig. 5. Lobelia fontana immature fruit with withered corolla (cultivated plant ex Jobson 2626, NSW). Photo: A.E.
Orme.
Fig. 6. Lobelia fontana seed (population voucher Jobson 2626, NSW).
Albrecht et al., Two new species of Lobelia
not accrescent. Seeds mid-brown, ellipsoid to
broadly ellipsoid, slightly compressed, 0.55-
0.6 mm long, c. 0.45 mm wide; testa with a
network of ridges enclosing irregular spaces
(areolate). Figs. 3-6.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland.
Gregory North District: Elizabeth Springs, Mar
2014, Fensham 6411 , (BRI); ibid, Apr 2015, Jobson 2626
(NSW).
Distribution and habitat : Lobelia fontana
is known only from Elizabeth Springs in
central western Queensland (SE of Boulia)
in the Mitchell Grass Downs bioregion
(Department of the Environment and Energy
2013). This population is very isolated with no
other Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae recorded
within at least a 150 km radius of Elizabeth
Springs.
Lobelia fontana is restricted to seepage
areas formed from artesian springs. It occurs
in sedgy grassland, particularly where
the vegetation is short, and is commonly
associated with Eragrostis fenshamii,
Cyperus laevigatus, Eriocaulon carsonii,
Fimbristylis dichotoma and Utricularia
ameliae R.W. Jobson. The soils are mineralised
clayey sands and remain permanently wet.
Phenology : Flowers have been noted from
October to May; however, observations are
limited and it may have a more extended
flowering season.
Notes : Lobelia fontana has been informally
known as Isotoma sp. (Elizabeth Springs R. J.
Fensham 3676) (Forster 2018, 2020), sharing
with other species of Isotoma a very shortly
cleft corolla tube. Preliminary molecular
data indicate that L. fontana is sister to L.
fenshamii (Knox et al., unpublished data). It
most resembles Isotoma fluviatilis (with three
subspecies currently recognised) and Lobelia
fenshamii (described herein), in having
flowers with a very weakly cleft corolla
tube and prostrate, mat-forming habit. The
generally wet habitat is common to all three
species. It differs from all three subspecies
of I fluviatilis in its corolla lacking both
contrasting yellow-green patches in the throat
and a contrasting darker transverse colour
band towards the base of the lower three lobes
591
(rarely a very faint pinkish line traverses the
base of the central lobe of the lower lip), often
longer hypanthium (3.5-7 mm long, vs. 1-4.5
mm long in L. fluviatilis), staminal filaments
connate for greater than half their length (vs.
connate for less than half their length) and
indehiscent (vs. dehiscent) fruits. Further
differences are apparent for individual
subspecies of I. fluviatilis, for example flowers
are unisexual in I fluviatilis subsp. fluviatilis
(vs. bisexual in Lobelia fontana) and the
lower three corolla lobes have conspicuous
spreading hairs on the adaxial surface in I.
fluviatilis subsp. australis and I fluviatilis
subsp. borealis (vs. glabrous in L. fontana).
The nearest population of I. fluviatilis to
Elizabeth Springs is c. 1200 km to the south
east. Lobeliafontana differs from L. fenshamii
in its larger corollas (6-9.5 mm long, vs.
1.5-2.8 mm long), longer hypanthium (3.5-7
mm long, vs. 1.5-2.1 mm long), longer calyx
lobes (1.1-1.8 mm long, vs. 0.3-0.6 mm long),
longer anther tube (1.5-2 mm long, vs. 0.7-1
mm long), presence (vs. absence) of minute
bracteoles, longer differently shaped fruits (>
4.5 mm long and obconical, vs. 2-3 mm long
and obovoid to broadly ellipsoid or globose)
that tend to be prostrate on the soil surface
rather than downturned into the soil and seeds
with surface ridges that are not strongly wavy
(vs. vermiculate). The nearest population of L.
fenshamii to Elizabeth Springs is at Edgbaston
c. 500 km due east south east.
The description of Lobelia fontana is
based on rather limited material, especially
with respect to fruits and seeds.
Conservation status : Lobelia fontana is
known from a single location and is the most
restricted of all Queensland artesian spring
endemics. Its extent of occurrence is estimated
to be as low as 0.09 km 2 , with the largest patch
being only c. 25 m 2 (S. Peck pers. comm.,
2010). Determining the number of plants
present is difficult due to the growth habit of
the species and molecular techniques may be
required to establish how many genotypes
are contained in the population. A working
estimate of < 100 individuals is presently
being used. The entire population occurs
within the Elizabeth Springs Conservation
592
Park, which is fenced to exclude livestock
and feral pigs. However, the fence has been
breached on at least one occasion and it is
unlikely that difficulties in maintaining secure
fencing will be overcome in the foreseeable
future (R. Fensham pers. comm.). Digging by
pigs remains a potential significant threat as a
single serious event could render the species
extinct. Regular checks for fence breaches
and pig damage within the conservation park
should continue indefinitely and management
actions undertaken immediately as required.
Applying IUCN criteria (IUCN 2012), the risk
assessment produces a result for L. fontana
of Critically Endangered (CR). Lobelia
fontana qualifies as CR based on B2ab (AOO
< 10 km 2 , known to exist at a single location,
and projected continuing decline in area of
occupation, quality of habitat and mature
individuals) and C2aii (population size < 250
mature individuals, with a projected decline
in population size, and all mature individuals
occurring in a single population). This species
is currently listed as Endangered under the
Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.
Attempts to cultivate Lobelia fontana
have achieved similar results to those for
L. fenshamii with some short, but not long¬
term success. It is recommended that seeds
are collected and stored in a recognised seed
bank as a matter of urgency, and that research
is undertaken to understand germination
requirements.
Etymology : The specific epithet is from the
Latin fans , spring of water, in reference to the
artesian spring habitat of this species.
Acknowledgements:
We are grateful to Rod Fensham (BRI, UQ)
for drawing our attention to the two new
species, for collecting live material and for
providing information on their ecology and
conservation status; to Jen Silcock (UQ),
Stephen Peck (QLD Parks & Wildlife Service)
and Gabrielle Lebbink (UQ) for collecting
live material; to Stephen Peck and Andrew
Or me (National Herbarium of New South
Wales) for providing images; to Chris Cargill
for assistance with SEM imagery; to nursery
Austrobaileya 10(4): 583-593 (2020)
staff of the ANBG and ASDP for their interest
and perseverance in trying to grow these
species, and to the director of BRI for the loan
of specimens.
References:
Albrecht, D.E., Jobson, R.W., Walsh, N.G., & Knox,
E.B. (2018). Lobelia claviflora ( Campanulaceae:
Lobelioideae), a new species from northern New
South Wales, Australia. Telopea 21: 121-127.
Antonelli, A. (2008). Higher level phylogeny and
evolutionary trends in Campanulaceae subfam.
Lobelioideae: Molecular signal overshadows
morphology. Molecular Phylogenetics and
Evolution 46: 1-18.
Chah (2020). Australian Plant Census, https://
biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/apc, accessed
24 February 2020.
Commonwealth of Australia (2014). Ecological and
hydrogeological survey of the Great Artesian
Basin springs - Springsure, Eulo, Bourke and
Bogan River supergroups. Volume 1: history,
ecology and hydrogeology. Report, prepared
by UniQuest for the Department of the
Environment, Commonwealth of Australia.
Currell, M.J., Werner, A.D., Mcgrath, C., Webb,
J.A. & Berkman, M. (2017). Problems with
the application of hydrogeological science
to regulation of Australian mining projects:
Carmichael Mine and Doongmabulla Springs.
Journal of Hydrology 548: 674-682.
Department Of The Environment And Energy
(2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7.
Commonwealth of Australia. http://www.
environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra,
accessed 11 July 2018.
Doody T.M., Hancock P.J. & Pritchard J.L. (2019).
Information Guidelines Explanatory Note:
Assessing groundwater-dependent ecosystems.
Report prepared for the Independent Expert
Scientific Committee on Coal Seam Gas and
Large Coal Mining Development through
the Department of the Environment and
Energy, Commonwealth of Australia 2019.
http://www.iesc.environment.gov.au/system/
files/resources/422b5f66-dfba-4e89-adda-
bl69fe408fel/files/information-guidelines-
explanatory-note-assessing-groundwater-
dependent-ecosystems.pdf, accessed 6 March
2020 .
Fahey, PS., Fensham, R. J., Laffineur, B & Cook, L.G.
(2019). Chloris circumfontinalis (Poaceae):
a recently discovered species from the saline
scalds surrounding artesian springs in north¬
eastern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany
32: 228-242.
593
Albrecht etal., Two new species of Lobelia
Fensham, R.J., Ponder, W. & Fairfax, R. (2010).
Recovery plan for the community of native
species dependent on natural discharge of
groundwater from the Great Artesian Basin.
Report to Department of Environment, Water,
Heritage and the Arts, Canberra. Queensland
Department of Environment and Resource
Management: Brisbane.
Fensham, R.J., Silcock, J.L., Powell, O.C. &
Habermehl, M.A. (2016a). In search of lost
springs: A protocol for locating active and
inactive springs. Groundwater 54: 374-383.
Fensham, R.J., Silcock, J.L., Laffineur, B. &
Macdermott, H.J. (2016b). Lake Eyre Basin
Springs Assessment Project: Hydrogeology,
cultural history and biological values of springs
in the Barcaldine, Springvale and Flinders
River supergroups, Galilee Basin springs
and Tertiary springs of western Queensland.
Report to Office of Water Science, Department
of Science, Information Technology and
Innovation: Brisbane.
Forster, P I. (2007). Campanulaceae. In P.D. Bostock &
A.E. Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland
Flora 2007, pp. 41-42. Queensland Herbarium,
Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.
-(2010). Campanulaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.
Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland
Flora 2010, pp. 36-37. Queensland Herbarium,
Department of Environment and Resource
Management: Brisbane.
-(2018). Campanulaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.
Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora
2018. Queensland Department of Environment
and Science: Brisbane, https://www.data.qld.
gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland-
flora-2018, accessed 10 October 2019.
-(2020). Campanulaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D.
Bostock (eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora
2019. Queensland Department of Environment
and Science: Brisbane, https://data.gov.au/
dataset/ds-qld-llb7b05a-5975-4595-a8ad-
c065d3a60704/details?q=, accessed 1 March
2020 .
Gabcc (2014). Great Artesian Basin resource study
2014. Great Artesian Basin Consultative
Council: Canberra, ACT.
Heenan, P.B., Knox, E.B., Courtney, S.P., Johnson,
P.N. & Dawson, M.I. (2008). Generic placement
in Lobelia and revised taxonomy for New
Zealand species previously in Hypsela and
Isotoma. New Zealand Journal of Botany 46:
87-100.
Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.
Version 3.1, 2nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/
library/sites/library/files/documents/RL-2001-
001-2nd.pdf, accessed 4 December 2019.
Knox, E.B., Muasya, A.M. & Phillipson, PB. (2006).
The Lobeliaceae originated in southern Africa.
In S.A. Ghazanfar & H.J. Beentje (eds.).
Taxonomy and ecology of African plants, their
conservation and sustainable use, pp. 215—227.
Proceedings of the 17th AETFAT Congress,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew: UK.
Knox, E .B. & Li, C. (2017). The East Asian origin of the
giant lobelias. American Journal of Botany 104:
924-938.
Lammers, T.G. (2011). Revision of infrageneric
classification of Lobelia L. (Campanulaceae:
Lobeliodeae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden 98: 37-62.
Rossini, R.A., Fensham, R.J., Stewart-Koster,
B., Gotch, T. & Kennard, M.J. (2018).
Biogeographical patterns of endemic diversity
and its conservation in Australia’s artesian
desert springs. Diversity and Distributions 24:
1199-1216.
Denhamia megacarpa J.J.Halford & Jessup and D.
peninsularis J.J.Halford & Jessup (Celastraceae),
two new species from Queensland
J.J. Halford & L.W. Jessup
Summary
Halford, J.J. & Jessup L.W. (2020), Denhamia megacarpa J.J. Halford & Jessup and D. peninsularis
J.J. Halford & Jessup (Celastraceae), two new species from Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(4):
594-603. Two new species of Denhamia Meisn. are described, viz. D. megacarpa J.J.Halford &
Jessup, D. peninsularis J.J.Halford & Jessup, and the new combination, D. muelleri (Benth.) Jessup is
made based on Celastrus muelleri Benth. The two new species are illustrated and notes are provided
on distribution, habitat and conservation status. An identification key to Australian Denhamia is
provided.
Key Words: Celastraceae; Denhamia ; Denhamia megacarpa., Denhamia muelleri. Denhamia
peninsularis ; Australia flora; Queensland flora; taxonomy; identification key; conservation status
J.J. Halford, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong. Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: jason.halford@des.qld.
gov.au
L .W. Jessup, c/o Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong. Queensland 4066, Australia.
Introduction
The genus Denhamia Meisn. (Celastraceae)
consists of 15 species of trees and shrubs
distributed across Australia and the
western Pacific. Following inference based
on molecular and morphological studies
(Simmons et al. 2008), the genus has been
expanded to incorporate the Austral-Pacific
Maytenus Molina (McKenna et al. 2011),
from which it was previously separated on
locule and ovule numbers (e.g. Jessup 1984).
Thirteen species occur in Australia with ten
occurring in Queensland.
In this paper we describe two new
species of Denhamia from Queensland,
Australia, that have capsular fruit with 2-5
locules and 2-10 ovules, features on which
the genus was originally circumscribed.
Denhamia megacarpa has a highly restricted
occurrence, known only from several isolated
subpopulations from tablelands in central
Queensland, whereas D. peninsularis is
Accepted for publication 24 February 2020
restricted to northern Cape York Peninsula,
Queensland. A key to Australian Denhamia
is provided to demonstrate the characteristics
that separate the newly described species
from all others.
Simmons in McKenna et al. (2011) made
an invalid combination in publishing the
name Denhamia ferdinandii when an earlier
epithet should have been used for this species.
The correct new combination for this is made
below.
Materials and methods
Dried and spirit collections were examined of
the undescribed Denhamia species held at the
Queensland Herbarium (BRI) and all closely
related taxa. Measurements were made from
dried material with the exception of floral
components from which measurements were
taken from material in spirit. Targeted field
surveys for D. megacarpa were carried out at
known locations and suitable habitat, on four
separate occasions between May 2014 and
April 2019 (see Halford 2019 for details) to
supplement the morphological examinations.
595
Halford & Jessup, New species of Denhamia
Measurements are inclusive in the
descriptions, i.e. 1.0-17 is given as 1-1.7.
National Park is abbreviated as NP in the
specimen citations.
Taxonomy
1. Denhamia megacarpa J.J.Halford &
Jessup sp. nov. With affinity to D. oleaster
(Lindl.) F.Muell., but differing by the longer,
narrower leaves (5-12.5 x 0.5-2 cm) with a
thick waxy cuticle on the lower surface, a
more complex and expansive inflorescence
and larger fruits (2.9-5.5 cm long). Typus:
Queensland. Leichhardt District:
Mackenzie (tableland), c. 5 km along
Karramarra Road from Willie Creek - Royles
Road, 16 April 2019, J.J. Halford JJH635 & S.
Bush (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, K).
Denhamia sp. (Junee Tableland T. J.McDonald
553); Jessup (1997: 45; 2002: 44; 2007: 44;
2010: 39); Jessup & Halford (2020).
Shrub or tree to 8 m tall, glabrous; the
trunk white to pale grey, mottled, often
becoming deeply fluted at the base; branchlets
pendulous. Leaves coriaceous and stiff, with
a thick, white, waxy cuticle below making
them strongly discolorous; stipules linear-
triangular, 0.2-0.5 mm long, caducous.
Juvenile and coppicing leaves with petioles
0.2-0.4 cm long; lamina similar to adult
form, but with distinctly toothed margins and
a pungent tip, to 19.5 cm long and 0.8-1.5
cm wide. Adult leaves with petioles 0.3-1.3
cm long; lamina lanceolate, linear or falcate
to narrowly elliptic, occasionally narrowly
oblanceolate; venation obvious and distinctly
raised on the upper side with numerous
secondary veins and prominent reticulate
tertiary veins, less so beneath and partly
obscured by the cuticle, 5-12.5 cm long and
0.5-2 cm wide, margins entire to shallowly
or occasionally toothed, gradually or abruptly
drawn to a blunt or pungent tip, the mucro to
0.9 mm long where present. Inflorescence an
axillary, many-flowered, compound cyme to
5.5 cm long; pedicels 4-11 mm long; flowers
5-merous; sepals semicircular, rounded or
oblong and concave, 1-1.5 mm long; petals
oblong-obovate and slightly convex, 4-5
mm long, cream to a pale greenish-yellow;
staminal filaments 1.5-2.5 mm long, anthers
± latrorse; ovary mostly exposed above disk,
imperfectly 3 (rarely 2-4)-locular with 8-10
ovules per locule; style 1-1.5 mm long; stigma
undivided or shortly 3-lobed. Capsules ovoid
(rarely obovoid), elongated, 2.9-5.5 cm long
and at least to 2.3 cm wide prior to dehiscence,
ripening yellow; valves woody, 2-5 mm thick,
the septa not touching axially, containing
several seeds 5-6 mm long enveloped in a
fleshy red aril. Fig. 1.
Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.
South Kennedy District: c. 5 km W of Newlands
Mine, N of Glenden on Suttor North Station, Apr 2005,
Harris WKIH2161 (BRI). Leichhardt District: Eagle
Point, Junee Tableland, N of Dingo, Oct 2002, Bean
19387 (BRI); Junee Tableland, 80 km N of Dingo, Jun
1972, McDonald 553 (BRI); Junee Tableland, NW
corner, Nov 2015, Halford JJH444 & Bush (BRI); NW
escarpment, Junee NP, North of Dingo, Feb 2006, Bean
24633 (BRI); Junee Tableland, NW corner. May 2014,
Halford JJH356 & Williams (BRI); Junee Tableland,
N of Dingo, Nov 1990, Bean 2621 (BRI); Mackenzie
(tableland), c. 3 km along Coreen Road from Willie
Creek - Royles Road, Apr 2019, Halford JJH634 & Bush
(BRI); SE of Mackenzie River, Feb 1993, Fensham 446
(BRI); c. 50 km N of Dingo, s.dat., Bunn TRIK (BRI);
Burkan, c. 11.75 km along Burkan Road, from turnoff at
Alsace, Apr 2019, Halford JJH633 & Bush (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Denhamia
megacarpa is known from three
subpopulations in eastern central
Queensland, those being the tableland at the
locality of Mackenzie, north of Dingo; the
Junee Tableland near Middlemount where it
was first recorded in 1972 and an outlying
subpopulation at Newlands, west of Mackay
(see Map 1). These three subpopulations
are geographically isolated, confined to
separate geological features that are in effect,
ecological islands. The Mackenzie and Junee
subpopulations are separated by a distance of
approximately 50 km by the cleared and highly
modified Mackenzie River floodplain. The
Newlands subpopulation lies approximately
205 km north of the Junee subpopulation.
These subpopulations are considered to be
genetically isolated from each other (Halford
2019). Only the Junee subpopulation is
currently protected within the reserve system
(one location in Junee National Park, one
location in Junee State Forest).
596
Austrobaileya 10(4): 594-603 (2020)
Fig. 1 . Denliamia megacarpa. A. pendulous habit of branchlet with persistent dehisced capsule *1. B. juvenile leaf
xl. C. adult leaf xl. D. cuticle detail on abaxial side of leaf x40. E. inflorescence >4,25. F. flower x5. G. fruit (insect
infested and failing to reach maturity) xl. H. dehisced fruit with seed enclosed in aril xl.25. A from Halford JJH634 &
Bush (BRI); B-D & G from Halford JJH356 & Williams (BRI); E from Halford JJH635 & Bush (BRI); F from Halford
JJH444 & Bush (BRI); H from Bunn TRIK (BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at xl magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
597
Halford & Jessup, New species of Denhamia
Denhamia megacarpa favours shallow,
Cainozoic lateritic duricrusts on or near steep
upper slopes at the edge of the tablelands
in association with Acacia shirleyi Maiden
and/or A. catenulata C.T.White (Regional
Ecosystem (RE) 11.7.2, see Queensland
Herbarium 2019 for description), or
immediately adjacent upon the tablelands
in woodland of Eucalyptus crebra F.Muell.
and Corymbia brachycarpa (D.J.Carr &
S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson
(RE 11.5.9b), usually on deeper Cainozoic
sandplains. This habitat preference is strongly
apparent at Junee Tableland where, based on
current search effort, the species is confined
to the north-west corner of the tableland.
The Mackenzie subpopulation is the most
populous (a density of c. three individuals
per hectare where present) although this
subpopulation maintains a patchy distribution
with individuals clustered mostly adjacent to,
and always within 1 km of the escarpment.
Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in
November and April, while mature fruits
have been recorded in February.
Notes : Denhamia megacarpa appears to be
most similar to D. oleaster but differs from
that species by having longer and narrower
leaves (4-8 cm long and 1-3.5 cm wide in D.
oleaster) with a very thick waxy cuticle on the
lower surface; usually a more complex and
more open inflorescence with more extensive
and longer branches and longer pedicels (4-11
mm long in D. megacarpa , < 4 mm long in
D. oleaster ); and an elongated capsule to 5.5
cm long (to 2.8 cm long in D. oleaster) with a
notably thick wall to 0.5 cm (to < 2mm in D.
oleaster).
Denhamia megacarpa occurs within the
eastern extent of the widespread D. oleaster
with that species favouring soils of higher clay
content that support vegetation communities
with more closed structures such as vine
thickets and forests dominated by brigalow
(Acacia harpophylla F.Muell ex Benth.).
D. megacarpa appears to favour shallower
sands and lateritic surfaces - the relatively
accentuated sclerophyllous composition of
the leaf of D. megacarpa a likely adaptation
to nutrient poor soils (Beadle 1966; Read &
Sanson 2003) with the thick waxy cuticle on
the abaxial leaf surface a possible adaptation
to a more xeric environment (Schreiber &
Riederer 1996) to that of D. oleaster. The two
species have not been observed co-occurring
(JJH pers. obs.).
Denhamia megacarpa also appears to be
similar to D. obscura (A.Rich.) Meisn. ex
Walp but differs mostly from that species by
its longer and narrower leaves, particularly
in the juvenile stage (to 15 cm long and 6
cm wide in D. obscura) and a thicker lamina
with more prominent venation. D. megacarpa
generally develops a more open inflorescence
with pedicels 4—11 mm in length (1-3.5 mm in
length within D. obscura), flowers with longer
filaments (1.5-2.5 mm compared to < 1 mm in
D. obscura) and a more pronounced style (1-
1.5 mm in length compared to little or no style
in D. obscura. Mature fruits of D. megacarpa
are longer, more elongated and ovoid or
obovoid (shorter, broader and more globose
in D. obscura). The two species are allopatric
with D. obscura occuring in the top end of
the Northern Territory and adjacent northern
Western Australia - the closest occurrence c.
1400 km north-west of D. megacarpa.
Denhamia megacarpa probably has
naturally low fertility rates. This could in part
be due to high levels of predation of buds,
flowers and fruits by insect larvae, observed in
the field and on preserved specimens. Despite
the first collection of this taxon in 1972, a
paucity of quality fertile herbarium material
exists and only recently have flowering
specimens been obtained. Recruitment is
considered to be low with no juvenile plants
observed during the most recent surveys.
Conservation status : Based on the IUCN
(2012) criteria, this species has been
nominated by Halford (2019), under the
hispid name Denhamia sp. (Junee Tableland
T. J.McDonald 553), as Endangered - EN A4
(a); B1&B2 a, b (iii, v); Cl.
598
The overall population size for Denhamia
megacarpa is estimated at < 1000 mature
individuals. It is considered to be naturally
rare with a highly fragmented population. The
landscape within the extent of occurrence for
D. megacarpa has been extensively modified
for grazing and to a lesser extent, mining and
cropping and as such, the subpopulations
at Newlands and Mackenzie have been
exposed to historic and ongoing threats of
land clearing. Mining interests occur over
the Junee State Forest and the tableland at the
location of Mackenzie and mining activities
are ongoing in the vicinity of the Newlands
subpopulation. Despite a preference for xeric
environments, D. megacarpa is sensitive
to the effects of fire with high intensity fire
resulting in mortality or crown death followed
by coppicing from the lower trunk, with no
suckering evident (JJH pers. obs.). Fires that
are too frequent and/or high in intensity pose
a serious threat (Halford 2019).
Etymology : The species epithet is given in
reference to the fruits that are the largest
known in the genus.
2. Denhamia peninsularis J.J.Halford
& Jessup sp. nov. With affinity to D.
celastroides (F.Muell.) Jessup, but differing
by the stiffer and generally shorter and
broader leaves, longer pedicels, shorter styles
and larger fruits. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: 16.8 km NE of Heathlands by road,
29 February 1992, J.R. Clarkson 9256 & VJ.
Neldner (holo: BRI; iso: K).
Denhamia sp. (Jardine River B.P.Hyland
10250); Jessup (1997: 45; 2002: 44; 2007: 44;
2010: 39); Jessup & Halford (2020).
Denhamia sp. (Jardine River Mouth BH
10250); Hyland etal. (1994, 1999: 60).
Denhamia sp. (Jardine River Mouth); Cooper
& Cooper (2004: 114).
Shrub or small tree to 5 m tall, glabrous, the
trunk mottled grey; young branchlets subtly
striate. Leaves alternate and often crowded
near the ends of branchlets, coriaceous, stiff,
discolorous; stipules linear-triangular, 0.25-
0.3 mm long, caducous. Juvenile leaves with
petiole 0.5-0.7 cm long; lamina to 11.5 cm
Austrobaileya 10(4): 594-603 (2020)
long and 4 cm wide, with shallowly toothed
margins. Adult leaves with petiole 1.5-4
mm long; lamina oblanceolate to obovate
(occasionally lanceolate to elliptic), rarely
obcordate, attenuate at the base; venation
raised on both surfaces with 8-14 secondary
pairs, 3-9 cm long, 1.1-3.7 cm wide; margins
serrate to serrulate, sometimes obscure,
mucronate to (rarely) retuse. Inflorescence a
many flowered cyme to 7 cm long, pedicels
1.7-3 mm long. Flowers 5-merous, sepals
rounded to ovate and concave, entire or
sometimes erose, occasionally cuspidate,
1- 1.5 mm long; petals oblong-obovate to
rounded, concave, occasionally cuspidate,
2.5-4 mm long, cream to a pale yellow in
colour, staminal filaments 1.2-1.8 mm long,
anthers latrorse, ovary mostly exposed above
disk, imperfectly 3 (rarely 2-4)-locular with
2- 4 ovules per locule, style 1.2-1.7 mm long,
stigma 3-lobed. Capsules ovoid, to 1.6-2.4 cm
long when mature and at least to 14 mm wide
prior to dehiscence, ripening through yellow
to orange, valves woody, 1-2 mm thick, the
septa not touching axially, containing several
seeds 3-5 mm long, mostly enveloped in a
fleshy red aril. Fig. 2.
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: Jardine River Mouth, Feb 1980, Hyland
10250 (BRI); Turtle Head Island, May 1995, Le Cussan
416 (BRI); Cape York, N of Jardine River c. 32 km SE
of Bamaga, Oct 1971, Dodson s.n. (BRI [AQ003618]);
Cockatoo Creek at Old Telegraph Line crossing. Mar
1992, Clarkson 9328 & Neldner (BRI); 91.3 km SSE of
Bamaga, Oct 1993, FellDGF3674 & Dibella (BRI); 5 km
W of Shelburne Bay, 7 km NE of Red Cliffs, Cape York
Peninsula, Jun 2008, Forster P1F33873 & McDonald
(BRI); 3 km S of Shelburne Bay, 8 km W of Thorpe
Point, Cape York Peninsula, Jun 2008, Forster PIF33817
et al. (BRI); Cape York Peninsula, Shelburne Bay area
c. 1.5 km S from MacMillan River crossing track to
White (Wolona) Point, Jul 1990, Purdie 3700 (BRI); 6
km N of Olive River Mouth, Apr 1994, Fell DGF4226
et al. (BRI); N of Olive River Mouth, Sep 1974, Tracey
14472 (BRI); Olive River, Sep 1974, Hyland 7446 (BRI);
3.5 km from beach turnoff from Bolt Head on track to
Bromley Station, Jul 1990, Clarkson 8845 & Neldner
(BRI); Temple Bay, Bolt Head, Jun 1996, Forster
PIF19366 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Denhamia
peninsularis is restricted to northern Cape
York Peninsula from Bolt Head north to the
Jardine River south of Bamaga (Map 2). It
occurs at low elevations in dense shrublands
Halford & Jessup, New species of Denhamia
599
Fig. 2. Denhamia peninsularis. A. branchlet with inflorescence xl.5. B. juvenile leaf xl. C. adult leaf xl. D. flower
x8. E. branchlet with fruit xl. partially dehisced fruit x2. G. dehisced fruit with seed enclosed in aril x2. A from Le
Cussan 416 (BRI); B from FellDGF3674 & Dibella (BRI); C & G from Dodson s.n. (BRI [AQ003618]); D from Forster
PIF19366 (BRI); E from Hyland 10250 (BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at xl magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
600
or low forests as closed heaths (e.g. REs
3.3.53a, 3.5.42, 3.2.17 and 3.2.18), or simple
notophyll vine forests and semi-deciduous
microphyll vine thickets in coastal or riparian
vegetation in siliceous white sands (e.g. REs
3.3.5a, 3.5.33 and 3.2.12).
Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in
February, and May - July, while mature fruits
have been collected in February, June, July
and October.
Notes: Denhamia peninsularis closely
resembles D. celastroides but the distributions
of these species do not overlap. Denhamia
celastroides occurs no further north than
the Windsor Tableland, c. 500 km from the
southern-most record of D. peninsularis.
Furthermore, the habitats of the two species
differ, with D. peninsularis occurring in
sands in coastal and riparian vegetation at low
altitudes (5-150 m), whereas, in its northern¬
most limits, D. celastroides is confined
to higher altitude (600-1200 m) complex
notophyll vine forests in granite derived
soils. Morphologically these two species
differ in their leaf texture and size (stiffer
with a smaller lamina length to breadth ratio
in D. peninsularis ), their floral components
(a longer pedicel and shorter style in D.
peninsularis) and mature fruits (capsules
Austrobaileya 10(4): 594-603 (2020)
larger (1.6-2.4 cm) and ripening orange in D.
peninsularis , while those of D. celastroides
are 1-1.7 cm and ripen yellow). Other species
of Denhamia that occur within the range of
D. peninsularis are D. cunninghamii (Hook.)
M.R Simmons, D. fasciculiflora (Jessup)
M.R Simmons and D. oleaster , all of which are
easily distinguished from each other based on
the features outlined in the key below.
Conservation status: Denhamia peninsularis
occurs in intact vegetation in a generally
undeveloped region and is well represented
within the reserve system, albeit with a
limited extent of occurrence (6693 km 2 ) and
area of occupancy (52 km 2 ) (derived using
GeoCat: Bachman et al. 2011), A listing of
Least Concern is therefore recommended for
this species.
Etymology: The species epithet is given in
reference to Cape York Peninsula, the location
to where this species is confined.
3. Denhamia muelleri (Benth.) Jessup,
comb, nov.; Celastrus muelleri Benth., FI.
Austral. 1: 399 (1863); Maytenus ferdinandi
Jessup, FI. Aust. 22: 223 (1984); Denhamia
ferdinandi (Jessup) M.R Simmons, Syst. Bot.
36: 929 (2011) nom. inval.\ non Maytenus
muelleri Schwacke.
Key to Australian Denhamia species (adapted from Jessup 1984):
1 Ovary perfectly 2 or 3-locular with ovules 2 per locule at base of septa;
septa connate, touching axially in fruit; valves of capsules crustaceous
(formerly in Maytenus) .2
1. Ovary perfectly or imperfectly 2-5-locular with ovules 2-10 per
locule, not confined to base of septa; septa touching near apex, base
connate but otherwise not touching in axially in fruit, valves of
capsules mostly woody {Denhamia in the original sense).7
2 Aril thick, restricted to base of seed.3
2. Aril thin, surrounding at least half seed.4
3 Flowers 4-merous, disc c. 1 mm diameter E Qld, NE NSW.D. disperma
3. Flowers 5-merous; disc c. 2.3 mm diameter N NT, N WA.D. muelleri
4 Flowers in fascicles. NE Qld.D. fasciculiflora
4. Flowers in racemes.5
Halford & Jessup, New species of Denhamia 601
5 Leaves bright green concolorous or rarely discolorous,
margins always entire, not recurved. Qld, N NSW, NT and
N WA.D. cuiminghamii
5. Leaves discolorous, grey-green below, darker above; margins usually
serrate, slightly recurved.6
6 Leaves narrowly lanceolate, narrowly ovate, obovate or oblanceolate,
length:breadth 12-4.5:1, apices usually acuminate, mucronate or
acute SE Qld, E NSW.D. silvestris
6. Leaves broadly lanceolate, elliptic, ovate or obovate, length:breadth
3-2:1, apices usually obtuse to slightly acuminate. E Qld,
NE NSW D. bilocularis
7 Adult leaves serrate or serrulate, sometimes obscurely so.8
7. Adult leaves entire.12
8 Ovary perfectly 3-5-locular; capsule depressed-globular or slightly
obovoid; septa connate axially in fruit. E Qld.D. pittosporoides
8. Ovary perfectly or imperfectly 3-locular; capsule ovoid; septa not
connate axially in fruit.9
9 Capsule 27-5.5 cm long and walls 3-5 mm thick; style 1-1.5 mm long;
lamina below thickly covered in waxy cuticle; petiole 5-13 mm long.
Central Qld.D. megacarpa
9. Capsule no greater than 2.4 cm long or walls no greater than 2 mm thick.10
10 Style to 0.3 mm long; lamina 0.5-3 cm long; petiole 0.6-1 mm long.
SE Qld.D. parvifolia
10. Style greater than 1 mm long; lamina > 3 cm long; petiole > 1 mm.11
11 Style 1.2-1.7 mm long; pedicel 1.7-3 mm long; lamina 3-9 cm long and
1.1-3.7 cm wide, petiole 1.5-4 mm long; capsule 1.6-2.4 cm long.
Cape York, Qld.D. peninsularis
11. Style 2-2.5 mm long; pedicel to 1 mm long; lamina 4-12 cm long and
1-4.5 cm wide, petiole 2-5 mm long; capsule 1-1.7 cm long. E. Qld,
NE NSW.D. celastroides
12 Valves of capsules coriaceous; septa at least partially connate or
touching axially. NE NSW.D. moorei
12. Valves of capsule woody; septa not touching axially.13
13 Capsule valves 0.3-0.5 mm thick; petiole 0.6-1 mm long. SE Qld.D. parvifolia
13. Capsule valves 0.9-5 mm thick; petiole 4-13 mm long.14
14 Filaments 0.5-1 mm long; style very short or obsolete; ovary
with 6 ovules per carpel; capsule valves 3-3.5 mm thick. N NT,
N WA.D. obscura
14. Filaments > 1.3 mm; style 0.4-1.5 mm long; ovary with 8-10, rarely 6,
ovules per carpel.15
602
Austrobcdleya 10(4): 594-603 (2020)
15 Pedicels 4-11 mm long; lamina with a thick waxy cuticle on
the abaxial surface; inflorescence a complex cyme; capsule
27-5.5 cm long and 3-5 mm thick; petals 4-5 mm long.
Central Qld.D. megacarpa
15. Pedicels no more than 4 mm long; lamina lacking a thick
waxy cuticle on the abaxial surface; inflorescence a simple
cyme or raceme; capsule no greater than 4.5 cm long or 3 mm
thick.16
16 Petals 3-3.5 mm long; capsule ovoid, rarely obovoid, 15-28 mm long;
inflorescence many-flowered. N & Central Qld.D. oleaster
16. Petals 3.5-4.5 mm long; capsule fusiform or obovoid, 25-45 mm long;
inflorescence 1-3-flowered. NE Qld.D. viridissima
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Simon Bush and Billie
Williams for their time spent in the field
during the most recent surveys of Denhamia
megacarpa , Nicole Crosswell for the
illustrations and Laura Simmons, Gordon
Guymer and an anonymous referee for their
valuable comments on the manuscript.
References
Bachman, S., Moat, J., Hill, A.W., de la Torre,
J. & Scott, B. (2011). Supporting Red List
threat assessments with GeoCAT: geospatial
conservation assessment tool. In V. Smith
& L. Penev (eds.), e-Infrastrnctures for data
publishing in biodiversity science. ZooKeys
150: 117-126. (Version BETA).
Beadle, N.C.W. (1966). Soil phosphate and its role in
molding segments of the Australian flora and
vegetation with special reference to xeromorphy
and sclerophylly. Ecology 47: 992-1007.
Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004), Fruits of the
Australian Tropical Rainforest , 114. Nokomis
Editions Pty Ltd: Melbourne.
Halford, J.J. (2019). Nomination to change the
conservation class of Denhamia sp. (Junee
Tableland T.J. McDonald 553) under the
Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.
Department of Environment and Science:
Brisbane.
Hyland, B.P.M., Gray, B. & Elick, R.W. (1994).
Appendix I: Provisional Species List. In W.E.
Cooper & W.T. Cooper, W.T. Fruits of the Rain
Forest: A Guide to Fruits in Australian Tropical
Rainforest. RD Press: Sydney.
Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T.P., Christophel, DC.,
Gray, B., Elick, R.W. & Ford, A.J. (1999).
Australian tropical rain forest trees and shrubs.
CSIRO Publications: Melbourne.
Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of
Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:
Version 3.1 , 2 nd ed. https://www.iucnredlist.org/
resources/categories-and-criteria, accessed 27
May 2019.
Jessup, L.W. (1984). Celastraceae. In A.S. George (ed.),
Flora of Australian-. 150-180. Bureau of Flora
and Fauna: Australian Government Printing
Service, Canberra.
-(1997). Celastraceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed),
Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution
1997 , 45. Queensland Herbarium, Department
of Environment: Brisbane.
-(2002). Celastraceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.),
Names and Distribution of Queensland Plants,
Algae and Lichens 2002 , 44. Queensland
Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency:
Brisbane.
-(2007). Celastraceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.
Holland (eds ). Census of the Queensland
Flora 2007, 44. Queensland Herbarium,
Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.
-(2010). Celastraceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.
Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland
Flora 2010, 39. Queensland Herbarium,
Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.
Jessup, L.W. & Halford, J.J. (2020). Celastraceae. In
G.K. Brown & P.D. Bostock (eds.). Census
of the Queensland Flora 2019. Queensland
Herbarium, Department of Environment and
Science: Brisbane, https://data.qld.gov.au/
dataset/census-of-the-queenslandflora-2019,
accessed 18 February 2020.
McKenna, M.J., Simmons, M.P, Bacon, C.B. &
Lombardi, J.A. (2011). Delimitation of the
segregate genera of Maytenus s. 1. (Celastraceae)
based on morphological and molecular
characteristics. Systematic Botany 36: 922-932.
603
Halford & Jessup, New species of Denhamia
Queensland Herbarium (2019). Regional Ecosystem
Description Database (REDD). Version
11.1 (April 2019). Queensland Herbarium,
Department of Environment and Science:
Brisbane.
Read, J. & Sanson, G.D. (2003). Characterizing
sclerophylly: the mechanical properties of a
diverse range of leaf types. New Phytologist
160: 81-99.
Schreiber, L. & Riederer, M. (1996). Ecophysiology
of cuticular transpiration: comparative
investigation of cuticular water permeability of
plant species from different habitats. Oecologia
107: 426-432.
Simmons, M R, Cappa, J.J., Archer, R.H., Ford, A.J.,
Eichstedt, D. & Clevinger, C.C. (2008).
Phylogeny of the Celastreae (Celastraceae) and
the relationships of Catha edulis (qat) inferred
from morphological characters and nuclear and
plastid genes. Molecular Phylogenetics and
Evolution 48: 745-757.
Map 2. Distribution of Denhamia peninsularis.
Map 1. Distribution of Denhamia megacarpa.
A taxonomic reassessment of Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.)
Spreng. (Ericaceae) with the description of two new
species S. cognata A.R.Bean and S. lucens A.R.Bean
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2020). A taxonomic reassessment of Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.) Spreng. (Ericaceae)
with the description of two new species S. cognata A.R.Bean and S. lucens A.R.Bean. Austrobaileya
10(4): 604-611 A morphological reassessment of specimens identified as Styphelia cuspidata
(R.Br.) Spreng. (syn. Leucopogon cuspidatus R.Br.) has revealed the existence of three taxa that
differ at species rank. In this paper, these three species, all endemic to Queensland, are described,
compared and illustrated. Two new species, Styphelia cognata A.R.Bean and S. lucens A.R.Bean
are named.
Key Words: Ericaceae; Leucopogon ; Styphelia ; Styphelia cognata ; Styphelia cuspidata ; Styphelia
lucens ; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species; taxonomy
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.
au
Introduction
A wide ranging phylogenetic analysis of
the Tribe Styphelieae of Ericaceae (Puente-
Lelievre et al. 2016) confirmed previous
studies showing Leucopogon R.Br. to be
polyphyletic, necessitating either numerous
extra generic names, or the merging of many
of its species into Styphelia Sm. The authors
have chosen the second option, arguing that the
splitting option would result in the recognition
of some genera that had no morphological
diagnostic features. Since that paper, Hislop &
Puente-Lelievre (2017) and Crayn et al. (2019)
have published new species of Styphelia using
the expanded circumscription. The necessary
new combinations in Styphelia have recently
been published (Crayn et al. 2020).
Specimens filed under Leucopogon
cuspidatus R.Br. (now Styphelia cuspidata
(R.Br.) Spreng.) were observed by the present
author to be heterogeneous, and a detailed
examination revealed that three taxa were
involved, S. cuspidata and two new species,
described here as S. lucens A.R.Bean and S.
cognata A.R.Bean.
Accepted for publication 13 February 2020
Materials and methods
This paper is based on a morphological study
of herbarium specimens at BRI, as well as
specimen images, indicated as i.d.v. (imago
digitalis visa), held at BM, NSW, K, L, P, G
and MEL. All measurements are based on
dried material with dimensions inclusive, i.e.
1.0-1.7 is given as 1-1.7.
Morphological characteristics of the three
species previously comprising S. cuspidata
sens. lat. and the putative close relative S.
trichostyla (J.M.Powell) Hislop, Crayn &
Puente-Lel. are compared in Table 1.
In the specimen citations, Mountain or
Mount is abbreviated as Mt and National Park
as NP
Taxonomy
Styphelia cognata A.R.Bean sp. nov. With
affinity to S. cuspidata, but differing by the
shorter and narrower leaves (5.4-9 x 1.5-2.1
mm), the often 1-flowered inflorescences,
the narrower fruits (1.4-1.5 mm diameter)
and the glabrous style. Typus: Queensland.
Port Curtis District: Glen Geddes siding
forestry reserve, 15 May 1998, G.N. Batianojf
98059R & T. Ryan (holo: BRI; iso: AD, DNA,
K, MEL, NSW).
605
Bean, Styphelia
[Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.) Spreng. pro
parte\
Shrub 0.3-1.5 m high. Young branchlets
white, grey or brown, with dense hispidulous
patent hairs c. 0.05 mm long. Older stems
glabrescent, with fissured grey to brown bark.
Leaves spirally arranged, strongly antrorse,
obovate to oblanceolate, the larger ones 5.4-9
x 1 . 5-2.1 mm, c. 0.1 mm thick, apex acuminate
(acumen pungent, 0.8-1.6 mm long), base
cuneate; petiole indistinct, c. 0.5 mm long,
or absent. Lamina concave, mostly glabrous
but with tiny hairs (0.03-0.05 mm long) near
the base and apex, margins glabrous. Upper
surface very shiny, venation scarcely evident;
lower surface dull, with 6-9 slightly raised
parallel veins (measured at base of leaf; 9-13
when measured midway along leaf), midrib
not differentiated. Inflorescence borne in
upper leaf axils of each branchlet, usually
1-flowered, sometimes 2-flowered. Peduncle
1-1.5 mm long. Fertile bract broadly ovate to
orbicular, c. 0.8 x 0.7 mm, brown, apex obtuse
to subacute, both surfaces glabrous, venation
obscure. Bracteoles broadly elliptical,
cymbiform, 2.2-2.5 x 1.2-1.3 mm, brown,
surfaces glabrous, margin ciliolate, venation
obscure, apex apiculate. Sepals lanceolate,
2.8-3.4 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide, slightly
longer than corolla tube, pale brown, apex
acute to acuminate, glabrous except for tiny
hairs in the apical 0.5 mm, margins glabrous,
venation obscure. Corolla tube cylindrical,
2.2-2.9 mm long, 0.9-1.4 mm diameter, white,
outer surface glabrous, inner surface glabrous
on proximal two-thirds, densely hairy on
distal one-third. Corolla lobes narrowly
deflate, recurved at anthesis, 1.8-2.7 mm long,
outer surface glabrous, inner surface densely
hairy (obscuring corolla surface) except on
apical 0.2-0.4 mm, hairs 0.25-0.4 mm long.
Stamens with anthers brown, glabrous, 0.7-
0.85 mm long, partially exserted from corolla
tube, sterile tips absent, filament attached
to upper half of anther; filaments straight,
inserted near top of corolla tube. Nectary
lobed, c. 0.4 mm long. Ovary glabrous, c. 0.7
mm long and 0.6 mm diameter, 5-locular. Style
straight, glabrous, 27-3.6 mm long, slightly
exserted from corolla, stigma expanded.
Fruits ellipsoidal, 2.5-2.9 mm long, 1.4-1.5
mm diameter, 5-locular, but often only 1 or
2 seeds developing; surface longitudinally
striate, glabrous, yellow {Powell 4669 , Gittins
878 ) when fresh. Fig. 1A &B, 2A-D.
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Port Curtis District: Marlborough Station, c. 43 km
NW of Yaamba, Aug 2006, Harte s.n. (BRI [AQ752024]);
Princhester Conservation Park, Jan 1996, Hunter JB873
(BRI); Mt Bonnie Doon, Rockhampton, Jan 1989,
Specht 203 & Reeves (BRI); 4 km W of Kunwarara,
between Canoona and Princhester, track to microwave
tower, Jun 2011, Forster PIF38206 (BRI, NSW); 17.5
miles [28.2 km] NW of Yaamba, Aug 1963, Speck 1714
(BRI, CANB); Atkinsons Road, Canoona, 25 km from
Bruce Highway, Mar 1994, Bean 7536 & Forster (AD,
BRI); 1 km W of Glen Geddes railway siding. May 1989,
Powell 4668 (BRI, MEL, MO, NSW, NY); 1 km W of
Glen Geddes rail siding. May 1992, Forster PIF9890
(BRI, MEL, NSW); 2 km W of Glen Geddes rail siding,
Jan 1992, Forster P1F9403 (BRI, K, MEL, NSW); Glen
Geddes, 2-3 km from Bruce Highway, Apr 2008, Reeves
3466 & Batianojf ( BRI, E, NSW); 300 m S along Bruce
Highway from junction with Raspberry Creek road, N
of Yaamba, Feb 2014, Halford QM1206 & Guymer (BRI,
PE); Site 5+, Glen Geddes, N of Rockhampton, Dec
1998, Batianojf9812243 et al. (BRI, MEL, NSW); Glen
Geddes on E side of Bruce Highway, between Shoal water
Bay turnoff and Canoona, Mar 1992, Champion 590
(BRI); Canoona/Yaamba, Shoalwater bay turnoff, Oct
1991, Batianojf 911016 & Franks (AD, BRI, MEL,
NSW); Canoona, Aug 1964, Gittins 878 (BRI); c. 2 km
SE on back road to Canoona, May 1989, Powell 4669
(BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, NY); Canoona, c. 30 miles
[48 km] NNW of Rockhampton, Sep 1943, Blake 15323
(BRI); Spinifex Hill, The Caves, Livingstone Shire
council quarry, Sep 2001, Batianojf 010916 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Styphelia cognata
is confined to a limited area north of
Rockhampton, between Marlborough and The
Caves (Map 1). It grows on hilly terrain in open
woodland of Corymbia xanthope (A.R.Bean
& Brooker) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson and
Eucalyptus fibrosa F.Muell. subsp .fibrosa, on
shallow soils derived from serpentinite.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded for every
month of the year; fruits are recorded for
January, April, May, August, September and
December.
Affinities: Styphelia cognata is closely allied
to S. cuspidata , but differs by the leaves
5.4-9 x 1.5-2.1 mm (10-18 x 2-4 mm for S.
cuspidata ), the inflorescences l(-2)-flowered
((l-)2-4-flowered for S. cuspidata ), the
606
corolla tube 2.2-2.8 mm long (1.5-1.9 mm
long for S. cuspidata), and the style glabrous
(style conspicuously hairy in lower half for S.
cuspidata).
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012). The species is known from a minimum
of 11 subpopulations, and is known from
Princhester Conservation Park.
Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin
cognatus meaning ‘closely related’. This
is in reference to its overall similarity to S.
cuspidata.
Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.) Spreng.,
Syst. Veg, ed. 16 [Sprengel] 1: 657 (1824);
Leucopogon cuspidatus R.Br., Prodr. FI.
Nov. Holland. 545 (1810). Type: [Queensland.
Port Curtis District:] Northumberland
Islands, 29 September 1802, R. Brown
(Bennett Number 2463) (lecto: BM 001040149
i.d.v. [here designated]; isolecto: BRI
[AQ0430205], G 00455453 i.d.v., L 0006521
i.d.v., MEL 1512188 i.d.v., P 00760530 i.d.v., P
00760530 i.d.v).
Leucopogon sp. (Border Island G.N.Batianoff
9009182); Crayn (2018).
Shrub 0.4-1.5 m high. Young branchlets
white, grey or brown, with dense hispidulous
patent hairs c. 0.05 mm long. Older stems
glabrescent, with fissured grey to brown bark.
Leaves spirally arranged, antrorse, obovate to
oblanceolate, the larger ones 10-18 x 2-4 mm,
c. 0.15 mm thick, apex acuminate (acumen
pungent, 0.8-1.5 mm long), base cuneate;
petiole indistinct, c. 0.5 mm long, or absent.
Lamina flat or concave, margins glabrous or
with short stiff hairs. Upper surface very shiny,
mostly glabrous but with tiny hairs (0.03-0.05
mm long) near the base and apex, venation
usually visible; lower surface dull, greenish-
white, with 6-9 slightly raised parallel veins
(measured at base of leaf; 9-13 measured
midway along leaf), midrib not differentiated,
glabrous or with tiny hairs (0.03-0.05 mm
long) throughout. Inflorescence comprising
(1—)2—4 flowers borne in upper leaf axils of
each branchlet. Peduncle 0-1 mm long. Fertile
bract broadly ovate to orbicular, c. 0.6 x 0.5
mm, pale brown, apex acute, both surfaces
Austrobaileya 10(4): 604-611 (2020)
glabrous, venation obscure. Bracteoles
broadly elliptical, cymbiform, 1-1.3 x 1-1.1
mm, brown, surfaces glabrous, margin
glabrous, venation obscure, apex apiculate.
Sepals lanceolate, 2.3-3.1 mm long, 0.8-0.9
mm wide, slightly longer than corolla tube,
pale brown, apex acute, glabrous except for
tiny hairs in the apical 0.5 mm, margins entire,
venation obscure. Corolla tube campanulate,
1.5-1.9 mm long, 1.1-1.5 mm wide at distal
end, white, outer surface glabrous, inner
surface glabrous on proximal two-thirds,
densely hairy on distal one-third. Corolla
lobes narrowly deflate, recurved at anthesis,
1.8-2.2 mm long, outer surface glabrous,
inner surface densely hairy (obscuring corolla
surface) except on apical 0.2-0.4 mm, hairs
0.3-0.4 mm long. Stamens with anthers
brown, glabrous, 0.9-1.1 mm long, partially
exserted from corolla tube, sterile tips absent,
filament attached near mid-point of anther;
filaments straight, inserted near top of corolla
tube. Nectary lobed, 0.3-0.4 mm long. Ovary
glabrous, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.8 mm diameter,
5-locular, with one ovule per loculus. Style
straight, densely hairy on proximal half, 1.8-
3.1 mm long, slightly exserted from corolla,
stigma expanded. Fruits ellipsoidal, 2.8-3.3
mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm diameter, 5-locular, but
often only 1 or 2 seeds developing; surface
smooth or faintly ribbed, glabrous, yellow
{Powell 4671 ) or orange {Bean 2880 ) when
fresh Fig. 1C & D, 2E-H
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
North Kennedy District: Cateran Bay, Border Island,
Sep 1990, Batianoff 9009182 (BISH, BRI, LAE); Hook
Island, Nov 1985, Batianoff 3602 (BRI); Gulnare Inlet,
Pinnacle Rock, Whitsunday Island, Sep 1990, Batianoff
900915 & Herzle (BISH, BRI, LAE, SAR); Roma Peak,
c. 40 km S of Bowen, Jun 1991, Bean 3362 (BRI, CANB,
NSW). South Kennedy District: Redcliff Island, near
Finlay sons Point, Seaforth, Aug 1992, Batianoff 9208132
(AD, BRI); Cascade Creek area. Cape Hillsborough NP,
c. 30 km NW of Mackay, May 1991, Bean 3122 (BRI);
road to council park. Cape Hillsborough NP, May 1989,
Powell 4667 (BRI, CANB, HO, NSW). Leichhardt
District: “Killarney”, Jul 1991, Thompson 206 (BRI);
Sydney Heads, close to top, Jun 1991, Champion 521
(BRI). Port Curtis District: Shoalwater Bay, Pyri Pyri
sector, Aug 1999, Brushe JB1818 et al. (BRI); Burwood
property, c. 30 km SW of St Lawrence, Jan 1998, El son
s.n. (BRI [AQ659253]); Mt Wheeler, SE side, Aug 1993,
Forster PIF13794 et al. (BRI, MEL, NSW); Mt Hedlow,
16 km E of Rockhampton, Anderson 3440 (BRI, NSW);
Bean, Styphelia
607
Fig. 1. Leaves of Styphelia species. S. cognata. A. lower leaf surface. B. cross-section of leaf (upper surface on left).
S. cuspidata. C. lower leaf surface. D. cross-section of leaf (upper surface on left). S. lucens. E. lower leaf surface.
F. cross-section of leaf (upper surface on left). For A,C,E, scale bar = 1.2 mm; for B,D,F, scale bar = 0.5 mm. A,B
from Champion 590 (BRI); C,D from Bean 3122 (BRI); E,F from Batianoff 9403242 (BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at xl
magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
Mt Hedlow, NE of Rockhampton, Apr 1991, Bean 2880
(BRI); Mt Jim Crow, near Yeppoon, May 1989, Powell
4671 (BRI, MEF, MO, NSW, NY); upper slopes of Mt
Windham, Great Keppel Island, Nov 1987, Batianoff
9452 & Dillewaard (BRI); Barren Island, SE of Great
Keppel Island, Nov 1987, Batianoff 9668 & Dillewaard
(BRI, NSW).
Distribution andhabitat : Styphelia cuspidata
is endemic to the central Queensland coast
from Hook Island and Roma Peak in the
north, to Great Keppel Island and Mt Wheeler
in the south (Map 1). It inhabits shrublands
on hillsides and mountainsides with skeletal
soil. The geology is often trachyte.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded for every
month of the year; fruits are recorded
for March, May, June, July, August and
November.
Typification: In 1974, Chew Wee-lek
annotated a sheet of Leucopogon cuspidatus
at BM as the lectotype, but I can find no
publication in which the lectotypification was
formalised. Therefore, a lectotype is chosen
here, and the sheet annotated by Chew is
selected.
Bentham (1868: 216) reduced Acrotriche
aristata Benth. to synonymy with
Leucopogon cuspidatus, and that synonymy
is maintained in the Australian Plant Census
(APC 2019) and Plants of the World online
(POWO 2019). There is a single specimen
at G (G 00455486) that is reputed to be a
type of Acrotriche aristata (JSTOR 2019).
However, this specimen does not match the
protologue very well; both flowers and fruits
are well described in the protologue, but
neither fruits nor flowers are apparent on the
G specimen. G 00455486 is perhaps a syntype
of Lissanthe rigida Benth., which was named
by Bentham in the same publication, and on
the same page of the publication. With the
exclusion of G 00455486, there is no known
authentic specimen of Acrotriche aristata. If
Bentham did not annotate any specimen with
this name, it will be very difficult to confirm
authentic material, because the protologue
does not list a collector, and the locality given
is merely “Australia”. Acrotriche aristata is
unlikely to be synonymous with Styphelia
cuspidata or its allies because the protologue
608
Austrobaileya 10(4): 604-611 (2020)
Fig. 2. Flowers and fruits of Styphelia species. S. cognata. A. lateral view of flower. B. longitudinal section of flower.
C. anther showing filament attachment. D. fruit and style. S. cuspidata. E. lateral view of flower. F. longitudinal section
of flower. G. anther showing filament attachment. H. fruit and style. S. lucens. I. lateral view of flower. J. longitudinal
section of flower. K. anther showing filament attachment. L. fruit and style. For A,B,E,F,I,J scale bar = 0.83 mm; for
C,G,K, scale bar = 0.33 mm; for D,H,L, scale bar = 1 mm. A from Reeves 3466 (BRI); B,C from Champion 590 (BRI);
D from Gittins 878 (BRI); E-G from Bean 3122 (BRI); H from Forster PIF13794 (BRI); I-L from Batianoff 9403242
(BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at *1 magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
609
Bean, Styphelia
says that the fruits are “oblong”, and the
branchlets “villous”. In S. cuspidata, the
fruits are ellipsoidal (described by Bentham
(1868: 216) as “ovoid”), and the branchlet
hairs are hispidulous (described by Bentham
(1868: 215) as “minutely pubescent”), while
the term ‘villous’ suggests hairs that are long
and shaggy.
Affinities : Styphelia cuspidata is
morphologically very close to S. trichostyla ,
but S. cuspidata differs by the shorter hairs
on the branchlets, the shorter leaf acumen,
and the shorter style (Table 1). The two
species are allopatric, with S. trichostyla
reaching its northern limit at Kroombit Tops,
SW of Gladstone. Vegetative specimens of
S. cuspidata are very similar to a form of S.
mitchellii (Benth.) F.Muell. that occurs in the
Port Curtis District; however, the latter has a
corolla tube 5.5-9.5 mm long and a glabrous
style 8.5-9.5 mm long.
Note : Brown made his collection of the type
of Styphelia cuspidata on 29 September
1802, from either Middle Percy Island or
nearby Pine Island (Vallance et al. 2001).
Surprisingly, there are no modern collections
of S. cuspidata from any of the Percy Islands
(AVH 2020).
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012). The species is known from several
conservation reserves, and is common where
it occurs.
Styphelia lucens A.R.Bean sp. nov. With
affinity to S. cuspidata but differing by the
somewhat glossy lower leaf surface, the
narrower leaves (1.3-1.9 mm wide), the
longer anthers (1.3-1.4 mm long), and the
much longer corolla lobes (2.5-3.2 mm
long). Typus: Queensland. North Kennedy
District: NE upper slope, Gloucester Island,
site 8, 20 April 1994, G.N. Batianoff 940484
& S. Figg (holo: BRI; iso: AD, BISH, DNA,
L, MEL).
[Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.) Spreng. pro
parte].
Shrub 0.5-2 m high. Young branchlets
white, grey or brown, with dense hispidulous
patent hairs 0.02-0.05 mm long. Older stems
glabrescent, with fissured grey to brown
bark. Leaves spirally arranged, strongly
antrorse, oblanceolate, the larger ones 7-12 x
1.3-1.9 mm, c. 0.2 mm thick, apex acuminate
(acumen pungent, 0.8-1.5 mm long), base
cuneate; petiole indistinct, c. 0.5 mm long, or
absent. Lamina concave, mostly glabrous but
with tiny hairs (0.02-0.05 mm long) near the
base and apex, margins entire. Upper surface
dark green, very shiny, venation scarcely
evident; lower surface pale green, somewhat
shiny, with 6-9 slightly raised parallel veins
(measured at base of leaf; 9-13 measured
midway along leaf), midrib not differentiated.
Inflorescence comprising 1-2 flowers borne
in upper leaf axils of each branchlet. Peduncle
0.5-1 mm long. Fertile bract broadly ovate to
orbicular, c. 1 x 0.8 mm, brown, apex acute,
both surfaces glabrous, venation obscure.
Bracteoles broadly elliptical, cymbiform, 1.2-
1.6 x 1.1-1.4 mm, brown, surfaces glabrous,
margin glabrous, venation obscure, apex
acute. Sepals lanceolate, 2.8-3.4 mm long,
0.8-1 mm wide, slightly longer than corolla
tube, pale brown, apex acute to acuminate,
glabrous except for tiny hairs in the apical
0.5 mm, margins entire, venation obscure.
Corolla tube cylindrical, 2-3 mm long,
0.9-1.2 mm diameter, white, outer surface
glabrous, inner surface glabrous on proximal
half, densely hairy on distal half. Corolla
lobes narrowly debate, recurved at anthesis,
2.5- 3.2 mm long, outer surface glabrous,
inner surface densely hairy (obscuring
corolla surface) except on apical 0.2-0.3
mm, hairs 0.2-0.4 mm long. Stamens with
anthers brown, glabrous, 1.3-1.4 mm long,
partially exserted from corolla tube, sterile
tips absent, filament attached to upper part
of anther; filaments straight, inserted near
top of corolla tube. Nectary lobed, c. 0.5 mm
long. Ovary glabrous, c. 0.9 mm long and
0.9 mm diameter, 5-locular. Style straight,
densely hairy on proximal half, 2.8-3.9 mm
long, slightly exserted from corolla, stigma
capitate. Fruits ellipsoidal, 2.6-3.4 mm long,
1.6- 2 mm diameter, 5-locular, but often only 1
or 2 seeds developing; surface longitudinally
striate, glabrous, orange {Jensen 3952 et al.\
Bean 4202 ) or yellow {Cumming 22156 &
Thompson) at maturity. Fig. IE &F, 2I-L.
610
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
North Kennedy District: Return Creek track,
Taravale, SW of Paluma, May 2009, Bean 28856 &
Jensen (BRI); 3.3 km S of Taravale Homestead on the
Loop Track, Mount Zero-Taravale Wildlife Sanctuary,
Jun 2018, Jensen 3952 et al. (BRI, CNS); 15 km W of
Bluewater, NW of Townsville, Apr 1992, Bean 4383
(BRI, NSW); Near Mt Cook, Magnetic Island, Aug
1982, Sandercoe 931 (BRI); Arcadia-Horseshoe
Bay, Magnetic Island, Nov 1964, Jackes s.n. (BRI
[AQ744298]); 1 km NW of Frederick Peak, 25 km SW
of Townsville, May 1991, Bean 3088 (BRI, NSW); Mt
Abbot, 50 km W of Bowen, Mar 1992, Bean 4202 (BRI);
ibid, Jul 1992, Bean 4750 (BRI); Mt Bertha, Gloucester
Island, Mar 1994, Batianoff 94033/3 et al. (AD, BISH,
BRI); W side of road to Monties Resort [Gloucester
Island], Mar 1994, Batianoff 9403242 & Dillewaard
(AD, BISH, BRI, DNA, MEL); Monties Resort, Cape
Gloucester, Mar 1994, Batianoff 9403243A & Dillewaard
(BRI); Pear Rock hill, Mt Stewart Range, 13 km WNW
of Homestead, Mar 2004, Camming 22156 & Thompson
(BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Styphelia lucens
extends from Gloucester Island (E of Bowen)
to Taravale (NW of Townsville), mainly close
to the coast but with an outlier at Mt Stewart
Austrobaileya 10(4): 604-611 (2020)
Range, near Pentland (Map 1). It grows in
shrubland on skeletal soils mainly derived
from granite.
Phenology : Flowers have been recorded
from March to August, with one record in
November. Fruits are recorded from March to
July.
Affinities : Styphelia lucens is related to S.
cuspidata , but differs by the pale green,
somewhat thicker leaves with a glossy lower
surface, the leaves 1.3-1.9 mm wide (2-4 mm
wide for S', cuspidata ), the anthers 1.3-1.4 mm
long (0.9-1.1 mm long for S. cuspidata), the
corolla tube cylindrical (campanulate for S.
cuspidata), and the corolla lobes 2.5-3.2 mm
long (1.5-1.9 mm long for S. cuspidata ).
Conservation status : Least concern (IUCN
2012). Known from numerous subpopulations
with some from National Parks.
Etymology : The epithet is from the Latin
lucens meaning ‘shining’. This is in reference
to the glossy leaves in this species.
Table 1. Comparison of Styphelia cognata, S. cuspidata, S.lucens and S. trichostyla
Species
Style
indumentum
Style
length
Leaf
acumen
length
Anther
length
Corolla
lobe
length
Leaf
width
Styphelia
cognata
glabrous
27-3.6
mm
0.8-1.6
mm
0.7-0.85
mm
1.8-2.7
mm
1.5-2.1
mm
Styphelia
cuspidata
densely hairy in
lower half
1.8-3.1
mm
0.8-1.5
mm
0.9-1.1
mm
1.5-1.9
mm
2-4 mm
Styphelia
lucens
densely hairy in
lower half
2.8-3.9
mm
0.8-1.5
mm
1.3-1.4
mm
2.5-3.2
mm
1.3-1.9
mm
Styphelia
trichostyla
densely hairy in
lower half
3.3-4
mm
1.5-2.5
mm
0.8-1
mm
1.7-2.4
mm
17-2.7
mm
Acknowledgements
I acknowledge the JSTOR Global Plants
website as an extremely valuable repository of
herbarium specimen images, especially type
specimens. Darren Crayn kindly provided a
copy of an unpublished manuscript. Nicole
Crosswell skilfully executed the illustrations.
References
Apc (2019). Australian Plant Census, https://
biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/APC, accessed
7 September 2019.
Avh (2020). The Australasian Virtual Herbarium.
Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria.
http://avh.chah.org.au, accessed 6 January 2020.
611
Bean, Styphelia
Bentham, G. (1868). Leucopogon. In Flora Australiensis
4: 176-225. L. Reeve & Co.: London.
Crayn, D. (2018). Ericaceae. In RD. Bostock & A.E.
Holland, Census of the Queensland Flora
2018. Queensland Department of Environment
and Science, Queensland Government,
https: //data. qld. gov. au/dataset/census-of-the-
queenslandflora-2018, accessed 4 September
2019.
Crayn, D.M., Puente-Lelievre, C. & Jensen, R. (2019).
Unusual new species of Styphelia (Ericaceae,
Epacridoideae, Styphelieae) from north-eastern
Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 32:
216-227.
Crayn, D.M., Hislop, M., Puente-Lelievre, C. (2020).
A phylogenetic recircumscription of Styphelia
Sm. (Ericaceae, Epacridoideae, Styphelieae).
Australian Systematic Botany 33: 137-168.
Hislop, M. & Puente-Lelievre, C. (2017). Five new
species of Styphelia (Ericaceae: Epacridoideae:
Styphelieae) from the Geraldton Sandplains,
including notes on a new, expanded
circumscription for the genus. Nuytsia 28: 95-
114.
Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of
Nature. IUCN Red List categories and Criteria'.
Version 3.1,2 nd edition. https://www.iucnredlist.
org/resources/categories-and-criteria Accessed
13 November 2019.
Jstor (2019). JSTOR Global Plants. https://plants.jstor.
org/, accessed 1 September 2019.
Powo (2019). Plants of the World Online, http://
www.plantsoftheworldonline.org/, accessed 7
September 2019.
Puente-Lelievre, C., Hislop, M., Harrington, M.,
Brown, E.A., Kuzmina, M. & Crayn, D M.
(2016). A five-marker molecular phylogeny
of the Styphelieae (Epacridoideae, Ericaceae)
supports a broad concept of Styphelia.
Australian Systematic Botany 28: 368-387.
Vallance, T.G., Moore, D.T. & Groves, E.W. (2001).
Nature’s Investigator: The diary of Robert
Brown in Australia 1801-1805. Australian
Biological Resources Study: Canberra.
Map 1. Distribution of Styphelia cognata • , S. cuspidata ■ , S. lucens A
Bulbine fraseri Kunth (Asphodelaceae) reinstated and
distinguished from B. bulbosa (R.Br.) Haw. in eastern Australia
Peter F. Horsfall 1 & David E. Albrecht 2
Summary
Horsfall, P.F. & Albrecht, D.E. (2020). Bulbine fraseri Kunth (Asphodelaceae) reinstated and
distinguished from B. bulbosa (R.Br.) Haw. in eastern Australia. Austrobaileya 10(4): 612-620.
Bulbine fraseri Kunth, a species long placed in synonymy under B. bulbosa (R.Br.) Haw. is reinstated
for populations occurring on cracking clay plains in parts of Queensland, New South Wales and South
Australia. A summary of the morphological features distinguishing the two species is provided, along
with a description, illustrations, habitat information and a distribution map for B. fraseri.
Key Words: Asphodelaceae; Bulbine ; Bulbine fraseri ; Bulbine bulbosa ; Australia flora; New South
Wales flora; Queensland flora; South Australia flora; taxonomy; Eromanga Sea
'P.F. Horsfall, Ayr, Queensland 4807, Australia. Email: spinifex@bigpond.com
2 D.E. Albrecht, Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Australian National Biodiversity
Research, GPO Box 1700, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia.
Introduction
The genus Bulbine Wolf includes
approximately 75 species, the majority
occurring in sub-Saharan Africa (Byng
2014). Seven species are currently recognised
for Australia (CHAH 2019). Watson (1986)
divided the Australian species into two
informal groups based on longevity and
flower size. The perennial “ Bulbine bulbosa
group’ was studied in detail utilising cytology,
morphology and breeding experiments. This
work ultimately led to the recognition of two
segregate species, B. vagans E.M.Watson and
B. glauca E.M.Watson. Unlike B. bulbosa ,
these two species, and an additional species
B. crassa D.I.Morris & Duretto described
subsequently, all lack tuber development.
Even with the segregation of these
three species from Bulbine bulbosa , the
latter remains a morphologically and
cytologically variable species (Watson 1987).
Watson (1986, 1987) drew attention to the
morphological distinctness of Queensland
(Qld) populations from Hughenden, Blackall
Accepted for publication 13 February 2020
and Springsure, and intimated that they may
require “taxonomic segregation” based on
their ovoid tuber, partly spreading stamens,
acute staminal hairs and longer style.
Recent study of specimens of Bulbine
bulbosa at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI),
together with examination of populations in
the field have confirmed the morphological
distinctiveness of these Qld populations and
revealed additional characters that distinguish
them from B. bulbosa s.str. Examination
of specimens at the Australian National
Herbarium (CANB), National Herbarium of
Victoria (MEL) and the State Herbarium of
South Australia (AD) has also revealed that
the distribution of this entity occurs beyond
Qld, extending into western New South
Wales (NSW) and at least north eastern South
Australia (SA).
After consideration of nomenclatural
issues and examination of type material it
was concluded that the name Bulbine fraseri
Kunth should be applied to these populations.
As a detailed description of this species does
not exist currently, one is presented below, in
addition to information on its distribution and
ecology. A summary of the morphological
features distinguishing it from B. bulbosa
s.str. is also provided.
Horsfall & Albrecht, Bulbine fraseri
Materials and methods
This study involved examination of
herbarium specimens at BRI and CANB,
in addition to dried and spirit specimens in
the personal collection of PFH. Images of
selected specimens housed at MEL and AD
were also examined. Live plants were studied
in the field in the Prairie - Muttaburra and
Injune areas of Qld, and also in cultivation.
All floral measurements are based on fresh,
and rehydrated dried specimens. Dimensions
are inclusive, i.e. 1.0-1.7 is given as 1-1.7.
Taxonomy
Bulbine fraseri Kunth, Enum. PI. [Kunth] 4:
565 (1843). Type citation: “Nova Hollandia
(New South Wales) Fraser legit.” Type:
“cultivated at Glasgow, Scotland, from a
tuber collected in NSW in 1828 by C. Fraser”
(lecto: K [right hand specimen on sheet
corresponding to Bot. Mag. 57: t. 3017 (1830)],
fide Watson 1987: 468).
Blephanthera hookeri Rafi, FI. Tellur. 2: 59
(1837). Type citation: “Hooker bot. m.. 3017.”
Type: “cultivated at Glasgow, Scotland,
from a tuber collected in NSW in 1828 by
C. Fraser” (lecto: K [right hand specimen on
sheet corresponding to Bot. Mag. 57: t. 3017
(1830)], Watson 1987: 468); non Bulbine
hookeri Kunth, Enum. PI. [Kunth] 4: 566
(1843).
Geophytic perennial herb, glabrous apart
from the stamens. Tuber erect in young plants,
becoming oblique and finally horizontal
in older mature plants, globose in young
plants, becoming ovoid to semi-conical and
finally cylindrical in older mature plants,
sometimes branched, to 12 cm long and 3.5
cm diameter but more commonly c. 5 cm long
and 3 cm diam., commonly 7-10 cm below
ground-level. Roots fleshy, brittle, to c. 30
cm long and 6 mm wide proximally. Leaves
forming a basal rosette, succulent, becoming
flaccid as plants lose moisture, erect and
slightly arching when turgid, with a delicate
membranous honey-comb-like pith filled with
clear mucous sap at least initially, 27-80 cm
long, to 1.4 cm wide at the base, attenuate,
smooth, canaliculate, green or faintly
613
glaucous, paler at the very base, basal leaf
margins membranous and translucent, veins
not raised externally. Inflorescences erect,
1-4 per rosette, 50-120 cm long, unbranched
(but occasionally fasciating), flowering
progressively up the inflorescence; scapes
terete, stout, often faintly glaucous; bracts
lanceolate to subulate, 5-25 mm long, with
translucent margins broadening towards the
somewhat saccate base, clasping subtending
pedicel towards base, fully obscuring young
flower buds at apex of inflorescence; pedicels
spreading, often upturned distally when
fruiting, increasing in length and thickness
with age, to 40 mm long in fruit. Flowers 24-
46 mm diameter; tepals 6, in 2 whorls of 3,
pale to bright yellow with a green central vein
on the abaxial surface, sometimes orange-
red at the apex; outer tepals elliptic, 10.5—
22 mm long, 3.5-8 mm wide, entire; inner
tepals obovate, 10-21 mm long, 5.5-11 mm
wide, with minute irregular teeth. Stamens
6, the 3 opposite the outer tepals variously
orientated - one spreading, the other two
erect, leaning towards another stamen or
spreading; the 3 opposite the inner tepals all
spreading; filaments 4.5-9 mm long, yellow,
tapering to the anther, obviously compressed
near base, with fine acicular acute yellow
hairs at least on the distal half , filament hairs
obscuring at least the basal half of each anther
abaxially and with some hairs emerging from
between basal lobes of each anther adaxially,
increasing in density and length (to c. 3 mm
long) toward the filament apex, distributed
along the filament margins proximally,
encircling the filament distally; anthers
3-4.5 mm long, yellow, with a pair of basal
lobes one third to one half the anther length,
attached at the sinus between the lobes,
versatile, initially vertical usually becoming
horizontal at dehiscence, shrivelling and
gently curved post-dehiscence. Ovary 1.5-2.5
mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm diameter, 3-locular, 4
ovules per locule, pale creamy yellow to pale
green-yellow; style aduncate, 6.5-13 mm
long (straightened), ± yellow, usually longer
than the staminal filaments and protruding
through the staminal ring, narrowing towards
the apex; stigma entire. Capsule irregularly
globose to broadly or transversely ellipsoid
614
and abruptly constricted at the pedicel, 5.5-10
mm high, 4.6-8 mm diameter, light green,
thinly fleshed. Seed 2.8-4.3 mm long, very
dark brown to almost black, dull, 3-angled
in transverse section, outer face slightly
convex, inner 2 faces flat to slightly convex,
sometimes slightly tuberculate on one or more
faces; testa very finely reticulate. Figs. 1-5.
Selected specimens examined : Queensland. Burke
District: 13 km E of Hughenden, Flinders Highway, Jul
1985, Williams 85050 (BRI). South Kennedy District:
Mt Coolon Road, 1.3 km E of Power line (14.5 km W of
North Goonyella), Mar 1995, Champion 1187 (BRI); 101
km SW of Mt Coolon, Mar 1995, Fensham 2689 (BRI);
14 miles [22.5 km] NE of Durdham Downs Station,
Aug 1964, Adams 1248 (BRI, CANB). Gregory North
District: 7.5 km S of the Westerton turnoff between
Westerton & Warbreccan, Sep 1984, Chinnock 6079
(AD, BRI, CANB). Mitchell District: S boundary
of Edgbaston Reserve, NE of Aramac, Apr 2012, Bean
31742 (BRI); Isisford district, Feb 1997, Fensham 3084
(BRI); Kooroorinya Race Track Reserve, c. 50 km S of
Prairie, Aug 2016, Horsfall PFH4700 (BRI). Burnett
District: E 116, Narayen, Mar 1973, s. coll., (BRI
[AQ487548]). Gregory South District: 1.5 km SSW
of Hammond Downs Homestead, Apr 1984, Purdie
2099 (BRI, CANB). Warrego District: Coongoola,
c. 40 km S of Wyandra, Apr 1936, Blake 11240 (BRI).
Maranoa District: Roma Southern Road, 0.7 km W
of Bungeworgorai Creek crossing SSW Roma, Nov
2005, Eddie CPE987 (BRI). Darling Downs District:
Oakey rail line, S side of Oakey - Cutella Road, Nov
2001, Menkins 83 (BRI). New South Wales. North
Far Western Plains: Tibooburra Road, 5 km SE from
Gorge Loop Road (SE of Sturt NP), Nov 2010, Purdie
7879 (BRI, CANB, NSW). North Western Plains:
32 km from Brewarrina on the Goodooga Road, May
1982, Craven 7447 & Whitbread (CANB); Meadow
plains Road, Come-by-Chance, Feb 1995, Tann s.n.
(CANB). South Western Plains: 48 km S of Ivanhoe,
Oct 1963, Mulham S91 (CANB); Bundyulumblah,
W of Wanganella, Feb 1976, Midham W840 (CANB,
NSW). South Australia. Lake Eyre Basin: Coopers
Creek, s.dat., s. coll. (MEL). North East: Throughout
Mulyungarie Station toward Quinyambie, Apr 1989,
Bates 18199 (AD).
Distribution and habitat : Bulbine fraseri
is widely distributed in Qld south of
approximately Hughenden and extends
southward into western NSW and north¬
eastern SA (Map 1). Most populations occur
within the region formerly inundated by the
Eromanga Sea that is characterised by heavily
weathered marine sediments dating from the
Middle Triassic to late Cretaceous (Wecker
1989).
Austrobaileya 10(4): 612-620 (2020)
Bulbine fraseri occurs predominantly in
climatic areas classified as hot, persistently
dry grasslands (Stern et al. 2000). All
documented populations occur in grasslands
on heavy (red, brown or black cracking
clay) soil plains, typically dominated by
Astrebla spp., Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.)
A.Camus, and/or Iseilema spp. Scattered trees
(e.g., Eucalyptus coolabah Blakely & Jacobs,
Acacia harpophylla F.Muell. ex Benth., A.
pendula A.Cunn. ex G.Don) and shrubs
(Eremophila spp., Capparis spp., Acacia
spp.) are sometimes present. Associated herbs
include Atriplex spp., Daucus glochidiatus
(Labill.) Fisch., C.A.Mey. & Ave-Lall.,
Goodenia spp., Sclerolaena spp., Sida spp.,
Plantago spp., Ptilotus spp. and Solanum spp.
The soil type at a collection location in SA
(Mulyungarie Station, Bates 18199 ) needs
rechecking as it is atypical, being described
as a rich red loam.
Phenology : Flowering plants can be found
at any time of the year depending on the
timing of rains. At Kooroorinya Reserve near
Hughenden in Qld, flowering plants were
observed approximately five weeks after rain.
Typification : Watson (1987) lectotypified
Bulbine fraseri Kunth and Blephanthera
hookeri Raf. on the same specimen at K
corresponding to Bot. Mag. 57: t. 3017.
Blephanthera hookeri is the earlier name
but it is preoccupied in Bulbine by Bulbine
hookeri Kunth, a name that is currently
treated as a synonym of Bulbine glauca (Raf.)
E.M.Watson (Watson 1987). Thus, the earliest
available name is Bulbine fraseri Kunth.
Fraser did not accompany Allan
Cunningham through what is now known as
Cunningham’s Gap, westto the Darling Downs
on the 1828 expedition from the Moreton Bay
penal colony. While he had accompanied
Cunningham in the ascent of Mt Barney, he
returned to Moreton Bay on 11 August 1828,
with Cunningham passing through the newly
discovered gap on 25 August 1828 (Feeken
1970). So if the time line provenance of the
material that Fraser sent to Kew is correct,
then it was perhaps collected by Cunningham
Horsfall & Albrecht, Bulbine fraseri
or others present and passed onto Fraser.
If this is the case, then the material likely
originated from somewhere west of the Main
Range near the eastern distribution limit for
the species north of Oakey.
Notes : Bulbine fraseri differs from B. bulbosa
for a range of characters outlined in Table 1.
These include a more elongated horizontal
tuber in mature plants, spreading stamens (at
least those opposite the inner tepals), longer
acute acicular staminal filament hairs that
occur along a great length of the filaments,
longer and more deeply lobed versatile
anthers that are attached well above the base,
a longer style and larger seeds. In addition, B.
fraseri tends to have more widely spreading
and often distally upturned fruiting pedicels
(typically more ascending in B. bulbosa)
and the thickened roots connected to the
tuber are less strongly tapered than in B.
bulbosa. These thickened roots may act as an
additional storage organ and are possibly the
615
contractile organ that move the plants lower
into the substrate. This also appears to be the
case for B. bulbosa (PFH pers. obs.).
Even with Bulbine fraseri segregated
from B. bulbosa , the latter remains a
morphologically variable species, most
obviously in the size and stature of plants.
Watson’s (1986) study also indicates that B.
bulbosa is a cytologically variable species with
Ax (24-chromosome), Sx (48-chromosome)
and \2x (72-chromosome) karyotypes known.
Many populations of B. bulbosa s.str. are less
robust than B. fraseri ;, however, some are
of a comparable size. Bulbine fraseri can
produce very large inflorescences, with over
100 flowers per inflorescence counted at the
Strathroy Road population near Hughenden.
Inflorescence fasciation has been observed
in some B. fraseri populations. The effected
inflorescences continued to elongate, flower
and set seed, and approximately 300 flowers
were counted on one fasciated inflorescence.
Fig. 1. Flowers of Bulbine fraseri (Horsfall PFH4700, BRI) left and B. bulbosa (cultivated plant from Chatsworth -
Wicklilfe Road, 4.5 km N of Chatsworth, Victoria) right, both with the tepals removed. Photo: P.F. Horsfall.
616
Austrobaileya 10(4): 612-620 (2020)
Fig. 2. Typical flower of Bulbine fraseri showing stamen arrangement (Horsfall PFH4700, BRI). Photo: P.F. Horsfall.
Fig. 3. Typical tuber growth sequence (L to R) in Bulbine fraseri from seedling to maturity of five different plants.
Note the typical horizontal orientation starting at the second tuber from the left and the growth rings on the large right-
hand tuber, indicating an age of at least eight years (population voucher Horsfall PFH4700 , BRI). Photo: P.F. Horsfall.
Horsfall & Albrecht, Bulbine fraseri
617
Fig. 4. Variation in tuber growth of Bulbine fraseri , showing from L to R: a single tuber with four individual shoots, a
conglomerate of small tubers, tuber dividing in the same manner as B. bulbosa, cylindrical tuber dividing three ways
(population voucher Horsfall PFH4700, BRI). Note that none of the tubers were growing vertically when removed
from the ground. Photo: P.F. Horsfall.
Fig. 5. Population of Bulbine fraseri at Kooroorinya Reserve, Qld showing habit and habitat (population voucher
Horsfall PFH4700, BRI). Photo: P.F. Horsfall.
618
Bulbine fraseri appears to be more
habitat-specific than B. bulbosa , with records
indicating a close association with grasslands
on cracking clay plains. Bulbine bulbosa
on the other hand occurs on a range of soil
types (including sandy loam, clay loam and
lithosols), and in various landscape positions
(e.g., plains, hillslopes, mountains, creeks,
swamps) and structural vegetation types (e.g.,
woodlands, forests, herbfields, grasslands).
On a continental scale occurrences of B.
fraseri are generally further west and/or
north than those of B. bulbosa. In contrast,
B. bulbosa s.str. occurs in south-eastern SA,
Victoria, Tasmania, eastern NSW and just
extends into the very south-eastern edge of
Qld (e.g., Stanthorpe, CANB 107739).
Bulbine fraseri exhibits considerable
variation in tuber size and shape, which to
a considerable degree is age-related (Fig. 3).
Tubers vary from occasionally ovoid to more
commonly semi-conical and cylindrical. Long
tubers have slight depressions along their
length indicating seasonal growth. As the
oldest growth wanes the tuber reduces, then
withers and rots off. Other less commonly
observed tuber variation is illustrated in Fig.
4
Hoverflies were commonly observed
working the flowers of Bulbine fraseri at the
Strathroy Road (SSE of Hughenden, Qld)
and Injune (Qld) field sites. Small native bees
were also observed working B.fraseri flowers
at Injune.
Populations of Bulbine bulbosa s.lat. from
Hughenden, Blackall and Springsure that
were included in Watson’s (1986) study are
all referable to B. fraseri. Watson placed these
three populations in the B. bulbosa s.lat. 8v
(48-chromosome) karyotype group along with
populations of B. bulbosa (s.str.) from NSW,
ACT, Victoria and SA. She also commented
on the tendency for some inhomogeneity
in the sets of four chromosomes of the Qld
populations, indicating that structural change
is taking place.
Conservation status: Least Concern (IUCN
2012). Bulbine fraseri can be locally abundant
and has been observed at Kooroorinya
Austrobaileya 10(4): 612-620 (2020)
Reserve (SSE of Hughenden, Qld) in their
many thousands (Fig. 5). Even on grazed
land plants can be abundant, exemplified by
the population along Strathroy Road, where
plants in August 2016 were so thick that it was
like looking across a field of Canola mixed
with Mitchell grass and annual forbs.
Acknowledgements
The assistance provided by the following
people is sincerely appreciated: Paul Forster
(BRI) for providing much helpful information
and encouragement, Neville Walsh (MEL)
for helpful discussions, Tim Utteridge (K)
for locating and photographing the lectotype
of B. fraseri , Brendan Lepschi (CANB) for
assistance with nomenclatural issues, nursery
staff at the Australian National Botanic
Gardens for care of plants in cultivation,
and the director of BRI for allowing access
to collections. Staff at MEL (Angharad
Johnson, Erin May and Wayne Gebert), AD
(Helen Vonow), PERTH (John Huisman and
Julia Percy-Bower) and HO (Matthew Baker
and Miguel de Salas) also provided helpful
assistance.
References
Byng, J.W. (2014). The Flowering Plants Handbook: A
practical guide to families and genera of the
world. Plant Gateway Ltd.: Hertford.
Chah (2019). Australian Plant Census. https://www.
anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/, accessed 5 December
2019.
Feeken, E. (1970). European Discovery and Exploration
of Australia. Thomas Nelson: Melbourne.
Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.
Version 3.1, 2nd Edition, https://portals.iucn.
org/library/files/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.
pdf, accessed 4 December 2019.
Stern, H., De Hoedt, G. & Ernst, J. (2000). Objective
classification of Australian climates. Australian
Meteorological Magazine 49: 87-96.
Watson, E.M. (1986). Cytoevolutionary studies in
the genus Bidbine Wolf, (Liliaceae). 1. The
Australian perennial taxa ( B. bulbosa s. /.).
Australian Journal of Botany 34: 481-504.
-(1987). Bulbine. In A.S. George (ed.). Flora of
Australia 45: 236-241, 468-470. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Wecker, H.R.B. (1989). The Eromanga Basin. APEA
Journal 29: 379-397.
Horsfall & Albrecht, Bulbine fraseri
619
Table 1. Morphological comparison of Bulbine fraseri and B.bulbosa
Character
Bulbine fraseri
Bulbine bulb os a
Tuber
Becoming oblique and finally
horizontal in older mature
plants, ovoid to semi-conical
and finally cylindrical in older
mature plants, sometimes
branched, commonly 5 cm long
Erect, globose to depressed
ovoid, to c. 2 cm long
Leaves
Glabrous
Glabrous or sparsely papillose to
scabrous, particularly on margins
Outer tepals
10.5-22 mm long x 3.5-8 mm wide
10-20 mm long x 3-5 mm wide
Inner tepals
10-21 mm long x 5.5-11 mm wide
9-18 mm long x 4-9 mm wide
Stamen
orientation
The 3 opposite the inner tepals
all spreading, the 3 opposite the
outer tepals variously orientated
All stamens erect with
anthers bunched
Filament hairs
Acicular, acute, the longer hairs
2-3 mm long, distributed along
at least the distal half of each
filament and sometimes extending
to within 1 mm filament base
Weakly clavate, obtuse, < 2 mm
long , clustered below anthers,
rarely with a few very reduced hairs
below to midpoint of filament
Anthers
3-4.5 mm long, with a pair of
basal lobes 1/3 to 14 anther length,
filament inserted at least 1 mm
from anther base, versatile, initially
vertical usually becomes horizontal
at dehiscence, shrivelling and
gently curved post-dehiscence
2-3(-3.5) mm long, with a pair of
short basal lobes to c, % anther
length, filament inserted with c. 0.5
mm of anther base, not versatile,
mostly erect, straight to weakly
curved and maintain their shape
post-dehiscence but sometimes
slightly twisted about vertical axis
Style
(straightened)
6.5-13 mm long
3-5.5 mm long
Seed
2.8-4.3 mm long
1.4-3 mm long
620
Austrobaileya 10(4): 612-620 (2020)
Map 1. Distribution of Bulbine fraseri in Australia based on herbarium specimens housed at AD, BRI, CANB and
MEL. Map courtesy of A.R. Bean (BRI).
Zieria abscondita P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and
restricted species from south-east Queensland
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, P I. (2020). Zieria abscondita P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and restricted species from south¬
east Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(4): 621-627. The new species Zieria abscondita is described
and compared to Z. fnrfnracea R.Br. ex Benth. Zieria abscondita is restricted to rhyolite substrates
at a single location and differs in the foliage gland and indumentum composition and cover, flower
colour and size from Z. furfuracea. The new species is illustrated with line drawings and habitat
photographs. Zieria abscondita is considered to be Critically Endangered based on its single location
and very restricted extent of occurrence and area of occupancy. New combinations are Zieria
enthadenia (J.A.Armstr.) P.I.Forst. comb. & stat. nov. and Z. gymnocarpa (J.A.Armstr.) P.I.Forst.
comb. & stat. nov., both based on taxa previously included as subspecies of Z. furfuracea. Revisions
to the identification key for Queensland Zieria are provided to accommodate the three additional
species.
Key Words: Rutaceae; Zieria ; Zieria abscondita ; Zieria enthadenia: Zieria furfuracea ; Zieria
gymnocarpa ; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species; taxonomy; identification key;
conservation status; critically endangered
P I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.
gov.au
Introduction
The genus Zieria Sm. currently comprises 62
species of which 61 are endemic to Australia
and one to New Caledonia (George et al.
2013; Barrett et al. 2014, 2018; Duretto 2019).
Taxonomy of the numerous species complexes
has not been easy to resolve with many
widespread species being highly variable as
reflected in the genetic sequence data that has
been analysed so far. The species have been
defined from a morphological perspective, by
sorting of character states based on differences
in glandular and indumentum development on
both the foliage and reproductive structures,
as well as floral, fruit and seed characters.
Hypotheses on speciation in Zieria have
been previously presented (Duretto & Forster
2007), with the concept from a genetic
perspective of incomplete lineage sorting
being proposed by Barrett et al. (2018) as an
explanation in part for the complex radiation
and incongruence that has occurred.
Thirty-seven species of Zieria have
been previously recognised for Queensland
(Duretto & Forster 2007; George et al. 2013;
Duretto 2019). In the current paper a further
species is added that was discovered during
fieldwork in 2017, and two subspecies are
raised to species rank, thus bringing the total
to forty.
Materials and methods
The results and conclusions in this paper are
based on study of specimen collections at the
Queensland Herbarium (BRI) and habitat
fieldwork for all three species. Measurements
in descriptions are inclusive, i.e. 1.0-1.7 is
given as 1-1.7.
Taxonomy
Zieria abscondita P.I.Forst. sp. nov. Similar
to Zieria furfuracea but differing in the
leaflets with obvious venation below due to
less indumentum, the inflorescences with
fewer flowers and the smaller flowers that
have corolla lobes lacking an inflexed mucro.
Accepted for publication 23 January 2020
622
Typus: Queensland. Moreton District:
Bloodwood Creek Nature Refuge, Crossdale,
6 December 2017, P.I. Forster PIF45381 & G.
Leiper (holo: BRI [2 sheets]; iso: CNS, MEL,
NSW, US).
Shrub to 2 m tall, forming an open straggly
bush. Stems erect, wiry; branches without
decumbent leaf bases, sparsely glandular
verrucose, densely tomentose with an
indumentum admixture of stellate and simple
trichomes that are persistent on the leafy
stems. Leaves palmately trifoliate; petioles
5-12 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diameter, sparsely
(though very noticeably) glandular verrucose
and densely tomentose with an indumentum
admixture of stellate and simple trichomes,
pale green; terminal leaflets narrowly elliptic,
13-36 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, lateral leaflets
similar to terminal leaflets but smaller, leaflet
length/width ratio: 3.3-7.3, adaxially with
venation largely obscure, sparsely glandular
verrucose and with scattered indumentum of
bifid, simple and stellate trichomes, matt mid
green, abaxially with 8-10 lateral (secondary)
veins obvious and some interlateral (tertiary)
veins visible, sparsely glandular verrucose
and with dense indumentum of simple and
stellate trichomes, silver-green, tip acute
to obtuse, margins entire and somewhat
sinuate, recurved becoming strongly revolute
when drought stressed. Inflorescence
axillary, shorter than the subtending leaf,
3-12+flowered, sparsely glandular verrucose
and with a sparse indumentum of simple
and stellate trichomes with the latter mainly
restricted to the glands; peduncle 4-14 mm
long, bracts linear, 0.6-0.8 mm long, c. 0.1
mm wide, caducous, secondary peduncles 1-5
mm long. Llower pedicels 1.2-2 mm long, not
glandular verrucose, with sparse indumentum
of simple and stellate trichomes; sepals ovate-
triangular, weakly imbricate in bud, 0.7-1 mm
long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, tip acute, adaxially
weakly but obviously glandular verrucose
and with scattered indumentum of simple
and stellate trichomes, abaxially with dense
indumentum of simple and stellate trichomes,
the latter particularly near the margins; petals
elliptic, valvate, 1.8-2.2 mm long. 0.7-1.3 mm
Austrobaileya 10(4): 621-627 (2020)
wide, white to somewhat cream on drying,
tips acute and not with an inflexed mucro, not
obviously glandular verrucose, both adaxially
and abaxially with dense indumentum of
stellate trichomes; staminal filaments dilated
basally, 1-1.2 mm long, glabrous, eglandular;
anthers c. 0.5 mm long, apiculum absent;
gynoecium glabrous. Lruit cocci 2.6-3 mm
long, 1.7-1.8 mm wide, weakly glandular
verrucose, glabrous. Seeds not seen. Figs. 1
& 2 .
Additional specimens examined : Queensland.
Moreton District: Bloodwood Creek Nature Refuge,
Crossdale, Sep 2017, Forster PIF45321 et al. (BRI); ibid ,
Sep 2017, Forster PIF45334 et al (BRI, MEL).
Distribution and habitat: Zieria abscondita is
known from a single location at Crossdale (Fig.
3) where it occurs more or less continuously
for at least 500 m in a thin linear strip along
an incised waterway carved through rocky
terrain derived from a large rhyolitic intrusion
(Leven 1977). The vegetation comprises a
low woodland dominated by an overstorey of
Eucalyptus dura L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
and Lophostemon confertus (R.Br.) Peter
G.Wilson & J.T.Waterh. with a midstorey
and understorey thicket of Bertya opponens
(F.Muell. ex Benth.) Guymer, Grevillea
banksii R.Br., Eucalyptus exserta F.Muell.,
Kunzea flavescens C.T.White & W.D.Francis
and Z. abscondita , as well as numerous
vinethicket elements.
Notes: Relationships fox Zieria abscondita can
be sought with Z. furfuracea R.Br. ex Benth.
as the two species share many similarities.
The molecular sequence work of Barrett et
al. (2018) indicated that the current taxonomy
of Z. furfuracea with three subspecies was
not monophyletic with the inference that
the subspecies are worthy of specific rank
which is formally undertaken below. That
observation has also influenced the decision
to describe this taxon at specific rank rather
than adding it as a further subspecies of Z.
furfuracea. There are no known intermediate
populations between Z. abscondita and the
three previously recognised subspecies of Z.
furfuracea with all taxa being very disjunct
Forster, Zieria abscondita
623
Fig. 1. Zieria abscondita. A. habit of flowering branchlet xl.5. B. abaxial view of leaf showing venation *2. C.
indumentum cover on abaxial leaf surface x30. D. inflorescence with flowers x4. E. side view of flower xio. F. face
view of flower xl8. G, H, I. revolving views of the stamen showing the basal dilation x20. J. fruit comprising two
dehisced cocci xlO. A-D, J from Forster PIF45334 et al. (BRI); E-I from Forster PIF45381 & Leiper (BRI). Scale bar
= 10 mm xl magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
624
Austrobaileya 10(4): 621-627 (2020)
Fig. 2. Zieria abscondita. Flowering branchlet (Forster PIF45381 & Leiper, BRI). Photo: G. Leiper.
Fig. 3. Habitat of Zieria abscondita (Forster PIF45381 & Leiper, BRI). Photo: G. Leiper.
Forster, Zieria abscondita
625
from one another with populations of Z.
euthadenia (J.A.Armstr.) P.I.Forst. c. 60 km
northeast and Z. gymnocarpa (J.A.Armstr.)
P.I.Forst. c. 70 km east-southeast distant.
Both Z. euthadenia and Z. gymnocarpa
occur near the coast in much higher rainfall
areas with the former on substrates derived
from metamorphics and sandstones, and the
latter on sandstones. Zieria furfuracea s.str.
is endemic to north-east New South Wales at
least 260 km to the south.
That aside, Zieria abscondita differs from
Z. furfuracea s.l. in the abaxial leaflet venation
being evident (this is mainly due to the sparser
and considerably shorter indumentum cover),
the few flowered inflorescences (3-12 versus
20-125) and the smaller flowers (corolla petals
1.8-2.2 mm long and lacking an indexed apical
mucro, versus 2.3-3.5 mm long and with an
indexed apical mucro (Armstrong 2002)). It
is not noticeably aromatic presumably due to
the reduced development of the foliar glands
and their much smaller size (although still
visible to the naked eye, Fig. 2), and is much
less velvety hairy, whereas all the previously
recognised subspecies of Zieria furfuracea
are noticeably aromatic and velvety hairy.
The fruit of Zieria abscondita are glabrous,
whereas both Z. furfuracea and Z. euthadenia
are very hairy and both have valvate corollas.
In comparison Z. gymnocarpa has glabrous
fruit and an imbricate corolla. It should be
noted most of these characters are relatively
minor in the overall scheme of classification
and reinforces my earlier comment that
the species are examples of ‘non-adaptive
radiation’ accompanied by a ‘high lineage
diversification rate’ (Duretto & Forster 2007).
In simpler terms this means that the taxa under
discussion are defined by combinations of
variations in foliage, size, gland development
and indumentum cover and mixture, rather
than markedly striking morphological
differences.
Zieria abscondita is also somewhat
similar to Z. cytisoides in terms of its general
appearance and shares with that species
the distinctively raised lateral venation in
the abaxial surface of the leaflets. The two
species differ most noticeably in the glandular
verrucose foliage (versus not) and the small
cream flowers of Z. abscondita (versus large
pink flowers with sepals 2.5-3 mm long, and
a corolla with petals 3.6-6 mm long).
The characters of Zieria abscondita
will confound the key to Queensland Zieria
species (Duretto & Forster 2007) at couplet
6 for Z. graniticola and Z. inexpectata. Z.
abscondita will key if that couplet is replaced
with the following.
6 Terminal leaflets to 7 mm long.Z. inexpectata
6. Terminal leaflets greater than 7 mm long.6a
6a Leaf petioles 5-12 mm long; terminal leaflets 4-7 mm wide; petals 1.8-
2.2 x 0.7-1.3 mm, white to somewhat cream.Z. abscondita
6a. Leaf petioles 1-3 mm long; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm wide; petals
(2.5-)3.5-4.5 x 2-2.5 mm, pale pink.Z. graniticola
Conservation status : Zieria abscondita
is known from a single location where it
is locally abundant and wholly within the
Bloodwood Creek Nature Refuge. The total
extent of occurrence is less than 1 km 2 and
the area of occupancy is much less. The
population appeared in good condition in
2017 with many seedlings evident. At least
several hundred adult plants were observed.
While there are no obvious threats, using
the IUCN (2012) criteria, the species can be
assessed as being Critically Endangered
under Bla, c(ii,iv), 2a, c(ii,iv) and C2(a)(ii).
Ongoing threatening processes at the location
include intermittent drought and wildfires,
both likely to be exacerbated under climate
change projections of a hotter and drier climate
626
with increasing severe fire weather (Dowdy et
al. 2015; Hoffman et al. 2019). The Zieria is
restricted to a very narrow band of vegetation
along the creek bank and is not found upslope
or on the surrounding hillsides; presumably
there is some moisture dependency along
the creek line. The habitat periodically burns
although is actively managed for fires. Under
extreme to catastrophic fire conditions, the
Zieria habitat is likely to be completely burnt
and any regeneration would be from a soil
seed bank if the species is not a resprouter.
The location has one other listed
threatened plant present, namely Plectranthus
leiperi P.I.Forst. (Vulnerable), although it
does not co-occur with the Zieria.
Etymology : The specific epithet is from the
Latin absconditum (hidden, concealed) and
alludes both to the occurrence of this species
in a rocky gorge and to its late discovery
subsequent to many published works on the
genus.
Austrobaileya 10(4): 621-627 (2020)
New combinations
1. Zieria euthadenia (J.A.Armstr.) P.I.Forst.,
comb, et stat. nov.; Zieria furfuracea subsp.
euthadenia J.A.Armstr., Austral. Syst. Bot.
15: 362 (2002). Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Kin Kin, January 1917, C.T. White
s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ318532]).
Zieria furfuracea subsp. (Kin Kin V.K.
Moriarty 134); Forster (2002: 181).
2. Zieria gymnocarpa (J.A.Armstr.) P.I.Forst.,
comb, et stat. nov.; Zieria furfuracea subsp.
gymnocarpa J.A.Armstr., Austral. Syst. Bot.
15: 363 (2002). Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Belmont, 10 September 1887, J.H.
Simmonds s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ318534]).
Zieria furfuracea subsp. (Belmont Scrub
Unknown AQ152898); Forster (2002: 181).
The key to the Queensland species of Zieria
(Duretto & Forster 2007: 476) may be
amended at couplet 3 to accommodate these
two species, viz.
3 Abaxial surface of leaves stellate tomentose; fruit glabrous or hirsute.3b
3. Abaxial surface of leaves glabrous to hirsute but not stellate tomentose;
fruit glabrous.4
3b Leaf lamina margin entire or somewhat sinuate with poorly developed
marginal glands; petals valvate in bud.Z. euthadenia
3b. Leaf lamina margin crenate with well developed marginal glands;
petals imbricate in bud.Z. gymnocarpa
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Glenn Leiper for the photographs
and Nicole Crosswell for the illustrations.
Glenn Leiper, Paul Grimshaw and local
landowners were most helpful with property
access and pleasant days in the field at
Crossdale.
References
Armstrong, J.A. (2002). Zzerza (Rutaceae): a systematic
and evolutionary study. Australian Systematic
Botany 15: 277-463.
Barrett, R.A., Bayly, M.J., Duretto, M.F., Forster,
P.I., Ladiges, P.Y. & Cantrill, D.J. (2014). A
chloroplast phylogeny of Zieria (Rutaceae) in
Australia and New Caledonia shows widespread
incongruence with species-level taxonomy.
Australian Systematic Botany 27: 427-449.
Barrett, R.A., Bayly, M.J., Duretto, M.F., Forster,
PI., Ladiges, PY. & Cantrill, D.J. (2018).
Phylogenetic analysis of Zieria (Rutaceae) in
Australia and New Caledonia based on nuclear
ribosomal DNA shows species polyphyly,
divergent paralogues and incongruence with
chloroplast DNA. Australian Systematic Botany
31: 16-47.
Forster, Zieria abscondita
627
Dowdy, A., Abbs, D., Bhend, J., Chiew, F., Church, J.,
Ekstrom, M., Kirono, D., Lenton, A., Lucas,
C., McInnis, K., Moise, A., Monselesan, D.,
Mpelasoka, F, Webb, L. & Whetton, R (2015).
East Coast Cluster Report. Climate Change in
Australia Projections for Australia’s Natural
Resource Management Regions: Cluster
Reports. CSIRO and Bureau of Meterology:
Australia.
Duretto, M.F. (2019). Zieria fordii and Z. wilhelminae
(Rutaceae), two new and restricted Queensland
species segregated from the morphologically
similar and widespread Z. cytisoides. Telopea
22: 135-140.
Duretto, M.F. & Forster, PI. (2007). A taxonomic
revision of the genus Zieria Sm. (Rutaceae) in
Queensland. Austrobaileya 7: 473-544.
Forster, PI. (2002). Rutaceae. In R. J.F. Henderson (ed.),
Queensland Plants: names and distribution ,
pp. 184-188. Queensland Department of
Environment and Heritage: Brisbane.
George, A.G., Duretto, M.F. & Forster, PI. (2013).
Zieria. In A. Wilson (ed.). Flora of Australia 26:
282-336. ABRS/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/
Melbourne.
Hoffmann, A.A., Rymer, P.D., Byrne, M., Ruthrof,
K.X., Whinam, J., McGeoch, M., Bergstrom,
D M., Guerin, G.R., Sparrow, B., Joseph, L,
Hill, S.J., Andrew, N.R. Camac, J., Bell,
N., Riegler, M., Gardner, J.L. & Williams,
S.E. (2019). Impacts of recent climate change
on terrestrial flora and fauna: some emerging
Australian examples. Austral Ecology 44: 3-27.
Leven, J.H. (1977). A gravity survey of the southern
Esk trough, southeast Queensland. University
of Queensland Department of Geology. Papers
8: 25-36.
Clarification of species boundaries within the Ptilotus
royceanus Beni (Amaranthaceae) group
Timothy A. Hammer 1 , Robert W. Davis 2 & Kevin R. Thiele 1
Summary
Hammer, T.A., Davis, R.W. & Thiele, K.R. (2020). Clarification of species boundaries within the
Ptilotus royceanus Beni (Amaranthaceae) group. Austrobaileya 10(4): 628-638. The Ptilotus
royceanus Beni species group comprises P. royceanus , P. mollis Beni and P. maconochiei Beni.
Ptilotus royceanus as currently circumscribed has a disjunct distribution, occurring on the border
of Western Australia and the Northern Territory and in central Queensland to the east of the range
of P. maconochiei. Ptilotus mollis is endemic in Western Australia. We critically re-examine the
morphological boundaries of these species and provide evidence that all Queensland collections
currently included in P. royceanus are referable to P. maconochiei. Updated descriptions and a key
are given for all three species.
Key Words: Amaranthaceae; Ptilotus maconochiei ; Ptilotus mollis ; Ptilotus royceanus ; taxonomy;
identification key; conservation priority species
‘School of Biological Sciences, Faculty of Science, The University of Western Australia, 35 Stirling
Highway, Crawley, Western Australia 6009, Australia. Email: timothy.hammer@research.uwa.
edu.au; kevin.thiele@uwa.edu.au; 2 Western Australian Herbarium, Science and Conservation,
Department of Biodiversity, Conservation and Attractions, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery
Centre, Western Australia 6983, Australia. Email: robert.davis@dbca.wa.gov.au
Introduction
Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) is an Australian
genus with c. 120 species and a centre of
diversity in Western Australia (Hammer et al.
2018). A recent molecular phylogenetic study
(Hammer et al. 2019) has resolved several
informally named clades within the genus.
The species P. royceanus Beni, P. mollis
Beni and P. maconochiei Beni are recovered
as a monophyletic clade with high support,
informally referred to here as the P. royceanus
species group (‘clade C’ in Hammer et al.
(2019)).
Beni (1970) described Ptilotus royceanus
and P. mollis based on material from Western
Australia. Ptilotus royceanus was considered
by Beni to be morphologically distinctive,
being a ‘hanging’, cremnophilous subshrub
with dense indumentum obscuring the
vegetative surface, orbicular leaves, and
very elongated and interrupted spikes. Beni
considered it endemic to the ranges near the
border of the Northern Territory and Western
Accepted for publication 14 February 2020
Australia (Figs. 1 & 2). He differentiated P.
mollis from P. royceanus based primarily
on the inflorescences of P. mollis being
compact and forming a densely crowded
spike (Figs. 3 & 4). Beni cautioned against
assuming a close relationship between the
two species, considering the differences in
the inflorescences to be significant, though he
was unable to make a complete comparison as
only a fragmentary specimen of P. mollis was
available to him (Beni 1970: 6). He regarded
that the habit and habitat of P. mollis differed
from that of P. royceanus , being a bushy
subshrub growing upright between boulders
near creeks. The only known collection at the
time was from Warralong Station, Western
Australia.
In a subsequent publication, Beni (1979)
described P. maconochiei based on specimens
from Mount Isa, Queensland, commenting
that it differed from P. royceanus in being
a rounded, non-cremnophilous shrub with
compact inflorescences (Figs. 5 & 6), and from
P. mollis in having a densely tomentose rather
than silky, silvery-grey leaf indumentum.
Hammer el al ., Ptilotus royceanus group
Bean (2008) included P. royceanus and
P. maconochiei in a treatment of Ptilotus in
eastern Australia. Specimens included by
Bean as P. royceanus from Queensland were
described as having compact inflorescences
and occurring on rocky slopes, rather
than having the characteristic interrupted
inflorescences and cremnophilous habitat of
that species as given by Beni (1970, 1979). He
regarded that the two species in Queensland
differed in inflorescence shape, with P.
maconochiei having globose to ellipsoidal
inflorescences while those of P. royceanus
were narrowly cylindrical.
In the present study, taxonomic boundaries
within the P. royceanus species group are
critically re-evaluated and the morphological
segregation of species within the group
clarified. Updated descriptions and a key are
given for all three species.
Materials and methods
Dried specimens of Ptilotus maconochiei ,
P. mollis and P. royceanus housed at BRI,
MEL and PERTH were examined, covering
the geographic range of all three species.
Specimens were critically evaluated
irrespective of current determinations
and compared to the protologues and type
specimens, the latter accessed as high-
resolution digital images through JSTOR
Global Plants (https://plants.jstor.org/).
Types were examined by the authors unless
indicated that an image only was seen by
i.d.v. (imago digitalis visa). Distribution
maps were produced using georeferenced
records retrieved from the Australasian
Virtual Herbarium (https://avh.chah.org.au/).
Dimensions in descriptions are inclusive (e.g.
1.0-1.7 is given as 1-1.7).
Common abbreviations in the specimen
citations are Mt (Mountain/Mount) and NP
(National Park).
Results and discussion
Critical examination of all available specimens
from throughout the ranges of the species in
the Ptilotus royceanus group revealed that all
three species are clearly separable based on
morphological differences.
629
Ptilotus mollis is the most distinctive
species within the group, being
morphologically divergent from the other two.
As Beni (1970) pointed out, the indumentum
covering the stems and leaves of P. mollis
consists of long, silky, silvery grey hairs,
noticeably different from the white, thickly
tomentose indumentum of the other two
species. Ptilotus mollis can also be segregated
from P. maconochiei and P. royceanus in
having sepals that are 1.8-3 mm long and a
style that is 0.5-0.7 mm long, the latter species
having longer sepals and style (see below).
Ptilotus maconochiei can be readily
segregated from Western Australian and
Northern Territory populations of P.
royceanus (referred to here as ‘western P.
royceanus ’) on the basis of habitat, leaf shape,
inflorescence shape, staminal cup length and
style length.
The habitat of western P. royceanus is
quite different from P. maconochiei , and
appears to be unique within the genus. Plants
grow in the narrow fissures of red sandstone
cliff faces (Fig. 2), making it quite narrowly
distributed in the Petermann Ranges on
the border of Western Australia and the
Northern Territory (Map 1). By contrast, P.
maconochiei grows on rocky slopes or mesas
with laterite, shale or quartzite (Fig. 5).
Leaves of Ptilotus maconochiei are
somewhat variable, ranging from broadly
ovate to obovate or conspicuously fabellate
(fan-shaped) on the same individual. Leaves
on western specimens of P. royceanus are
never fabellate, instead being orbicular to
broadly ovate. Leaves of western P. royceanus
are noticeably shorter than P. maconochiei ,
which are more variable in length based on
the shape of the leaf (e.g. sometimes being
wider than long).
Ptilotus maconochiei consistently has
flowers in tightly compact inflorescences,
while inflorescences in western P. royceanus
are conspicuously interrupted, the stems
with terminal inflorescences often being
pendulous on plants that hang from rock walls
of gorges. Some specimens of western P.
630
Austrobaileya 10(4): 628-638 (2020)
Fig. 1. Inflorescence of Ptilotus royceanus (Jobson 10779 & Davis, NT). Photo: T. A. Hammer.
Fig. 2. Habit of Ptilotus royceanus (Jobson 10779 & Davis, NT). Photo: T.A. Hammer.
Hammer et a/., Ptilotus royceanus group
631
Fig. 3. Inflorescences of Ptilotus mollis Ivan Leeuwen 4845, PERTH). Photo: R.W. Davis.
Fig. 4. Habit of Ptilotus mollis (van Leeuwen 4845, PERTH). Photo: R.W. Davis.
632
Austrobaileya 10(4): 628-638 (2020)
Fig. 5. Inflorescence of Ptilotus maconochiei (Purdie 8598, CANB). Photo: M. Fagg (Australian Plant Image Index:
dig 25946).
royceanus rarely have flowers that are loosely
compact (especially towards the apex) and
not as elongated and pendulous as is usual,
but are none the less distinct from those in
Queensland in that the rachis is clearly visible
between the flowers.
In the protologue for Ptilotus maconochiei ,
Beni (1979) incorrectly gave the staminal cup
length as 3.5-4.5 mm long. This is clearly an
error, as it would make the staminal cup nearly
as long as the sepals, and does not match the
isotype that we examined (PERTH 01558218).
All specimens of P. maconochiei available to
us consistently had staminal cups 0.6-0.8 mm
long. Staminal cups in western P. royceanus
were consistently shorter (0.2-0.4 mm long).
The style also differed significantly between
P. maconochiei and western P. royceanus , the
former being 1.6-2 mm long and the latter
1-1.4 mm long.
All specimens determined as Ptilotus
royceanus from Queensland fell within the
morphological range of P. maconochiei , and
were clearly different from western (i.e. true)
P. royceanus. They occur in similar habitats
to P. maconochiei , had a similar range of leaf
shapes, dense inflorescences with the rachis
not visible between the flowers, staminal cups
0.6-0.8 mm long and styles 1.6-2 mm long.
Hammer el alPtilotus royceanus group
Bean (2008) gave sepal length (as ‘tepaP
length) as a character discriminating Ptilotus
maconochiei from the Queensland specimens
of P. royceanus he examined, indicating that
the sepals of P. maconochiei were 5-7 mm
long and those of Queensland P. royceanus
were 4-5 mm long. In the protologues,
Beni (1970, 1979) gave the sepal length of
P. maconochiei as 4.5-5 mm long and of P.
royceanus as 5-6 mm long. Our examinations
showed that sepal lengths in all specimens
from Queensland, regardless of species
determination, overlapped significantly
and had a range of 4-6 mm long. Ptilotus
royceanus from Western Australia and the
Northern Territory had a range of 4.5-5.8 mm
long. Given the clear overlap in measurements
amongst all specimens, we do not regard
sepal length as a good character for the use of
discriminating these two species.
Bean (2008) also used inflorescence shape
in his key separating Ptilotus maconochiei
and P. royceanus , describing inflorescences
in P. maconochiei as globose to ellipsoidal
compared with narrowly cylindrical shape for
Queensland P. royceanus. Inflorescence shape
in these species is a factor of inflorescence
length, shorter inflorescences appearing more
globose and longer ones more cylindrical.
Inflorescences in Ptilotus are indeterminate,
their length varying widely within a species
given local environmental conditions (e.g.
a longer growing season). A specimen of P.
maconochiei near Mt Isa (BRI [AQ699277])
had an inflorescences of similar shape and
length to specimens identified as P. royceanus
from Queensland.
Given the discrete morphological
differences between western Ptilotus
royceanus and those recognised in
Queensland by Bean (2008), the clear
morphological overlap between Queensland
P. royceanus specimens and P. maconochiei,
and the geographic disjunction between
the Queensland populations determined as
P. royceanus and the range of western P.
royceanus in Western Australia and Northern
Territory (Map 1), we here recircumscribe
P. maconochiei to include the Queensland
specimens previously referred to as P.
633
royceanus. Revised taxonomic concepts of
the species within the P. royceanus group are
given below.
Taxonomy
Ptilotus maconochiei Beni, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 1: 201-204, figs 1, 2 (1979). Type:
Queensland. Burke District: Mt Isa, 8
March 1976, G. BenlAu64 & J.R. Maconochie
(holo: M 0241487 i.d.v. ; iso: AD 97904169
i.d.v., B 100272696 i.d.v., BM 000895592
i.d.v., BRI [AQ0332686] i.d.v., CANB 353258
i.d.v., DNA D0013856 i.d.v., G 00236989
i.d.v., K 000357022 i.d.v., M 0241488 i.d.v.,
MEL 538277 i.d.v., NSW 821430 i.d.v., NY
00341969 i.d.v., P 00609980 i.d.v., PERTH
01558218).
Erect shrubs 30-100 cm high. Stems terete,
their surface obscured by a densely tomentose
indumentum of crisped nodose hairs; older
stems woody and glabrescent. Basal leaves
not seen. Cauline leaves obovate to broadly
ovate or sometimes flabellate, 5-22 mm
long, 5-26 mm wide, densely tomentose
with crisped nodose hairs, the indumentum
obscuring the surface; bases subsessile to
petiolate, the petiole 1-5 mm long; margins
entire. Inflorescences spiciform, terminal or
axillary, solitary when axillary or in clusters
of 2 or 3 when terminal, ovoid to cylindrical,
pink, 15-30 mm long, 10-15 mm wide; apex
acute. Bracts ovate, 1.9-2.1 mm long, 1.1-1.5
mm wide, abaxially densely tomentose with
crisped nodose hairs, adaxially glabrous;
midrib conspicuous, pink; apex acute,
falcately curved. Bracteoles narrowly ovate,
1.8-2.3 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, abaxially
densely tomentose with crisped nodose hairs,
adaxially glabrous; midrib conspicuous, pink;
apex acute, falcately curved. Outer sepals
lanceolate, 4.8-6 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide,
pink, abaxially villous with spreading nodose
hairs, adaxially glabrous; apex truncate, white,
glabrous, with in-rolled margins. Inner sepals
lanceolate, 4-5.8 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide,
pink, abaxially villous with spreading nodose
hairs, adaxially glabrous; apex truncate to
acute, glabrous, white, with in-rolled margins.
Fertile stamens 5; filaments cream, 1.2-2.2
mm long, unequal in length, filiform; anthers
cream or pink, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm
634
Austrobaileya 10(4): 628-638 (2020)
Fig. 6. Habit of Ptilotus maconochiei {Purdie 8598 , CANB). Photo: M. Fagg (Australian Plant Image Index: dig
25946).
wide. Staminal cup symmetrical, not lobed,
0.6-0.8 mm long, glabrous. Ovary obovoid,
pink, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide,
densely villous with straight nodose hairs.
Style straight, 1.6-2 mm long, centrally fixed
on the ovary. Stigma unlobed, capitate. Fruit
smooth, membranous. Seed glossy, black,
1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.9-1 mm wide. Figs. 5 &
6
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Burke District: Oskar’s valley, 15 km N of Mt Isa,
Jun 1996, Barrs SB24 (BRI); Mt Isa lookout, Sep 2005,
Johnston 05-101 (BRI); Tourist lookout near race course,
Mt Isa, 9 Apr 1975, George 12968 (PERTH); Fountain
Range, 54 km SE of Mt Isa, Jul 1989, Harris 411
(BRI). Gregory North District: Ayshire Hills, N of
Winton, Sep 2008, Fensham 5819 (BRI); NW of Winton
(Ayrshire Hills), Sep 2005, Johnston 0509-2 (BRI); Mt
Edward Graves, Brighton Downs, Jul 2012, Silcock
JLS1243 & Winter (BRI); DiamantinaNP, Fly Mesa, Apr
1997, Forster P1F20760 & Holland (BRI). Mitchell
District: Mt Stewart near Jundah, Sep 1984, Hando s.n.
& Joyce (BRI [AQ396011]). Warrego District: Emmet
Pocket Lookout, Idalia NP, Mar 1996, Forster PIF18836
et al. (BRI); Idalia NP, Emmet Pocket Lookout, Feb
2000, Nicholls SN18 (BRI); Idalia National Park, Emmet
Pocket Lookout area, Dec 2012, Purdie 8598 (CANB);
NW of Lisburne Homestead on Eton Vale boundary,
Sep 2011, Silcock JLS1017 & McRae (BRI); ‘Etonvale’
Station, Jun 1984, Blick s.n. (BRI [AQ440577]); Tree
Snake Hill, 8 km N of house, N of old mill, 4 km W
of Blackall - Adavale road, Sep 2011, Silcock JLS1026
& McRae (BRI); Lynbryon, hills S of Scrubby Creek
road, Jun 2011, Silcock JLS903 (BRI). Gregory South
District: Mt Henderson, 22 km E of Birdsville turnoff
towards Windorah, Aug 2013, Silcock JLS1558 (BRI); 72
km W of Windorah, Jul 1936, Blake 12119 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Ptilotus
maconochiei is endemic to Queensland, in
the Burke, Gregory North, Mitchell, Warrego
and Gregory South pastoral districts (Map 1).
The habitat is typically described as slopes or
edges of stony ridges, outcrops or mesas with
laterite, shale or quartzite and with scattered
vegetation consisting of Acacia Mill,
Eucalyptus L'Her. or Triodia R.Br.
Phenology: Ptilotus maconochiei has been
collected flowering and fruiting from June
to September, with outlying collections from
February to April.
Hammer et al ., Ptilotus royceanus group
Conservation status : Ptilotus maconochiei
is listed as Near Threatened in Queensland
under the Nature Conservation (Wildlife)
Regulation 2006.
Ptilotus mollis Beni, J. Roy. Soc. West.
Aust. 53: 4-5, fig. 3 (1970). Type: Western
Australia. Gorge Range, Warralong Station, 1
May 1941, N.T. Burbidge 780 (holo: PERTH
00999288)
Low rounded shrubs 30-40 cm high. Stems
terete, densely villous with long, silky, nodose
hairs that obscure the surface, becoming
woody and glabrescent with age. Basal leaves
not seen. Cauline leaves ovate to obovate,
10-28 mm long, 5-12 mm wide, densely
silky-villous with nodose hairs obscuring the
surface; bases subsessile to petiolate, petiole
1-6 mm long; margins entire. Inflorescences
spiciform, axillary or terminal, arranged in
a condensed panicle, cylindrical, 5-20 mm
long, 6-8 mm wide, pinkish white; apex
acute. Bracts broadly ovate to ovate, 1.8-
2.1 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide, abaxially
densely villous with crisped, nodose hairs,
adaxially glabrous; midrib conspicuous,
brown; apex acute, slightly falcately curved.
Bracteoles ovate to narrowly ovate, 2.3-2.5
mm long, 1-1.1 mm wide, abaxially densely
villous with crisped, nodose hairs, adaxially
glabrous; midrib conspicuous, brown; apex
acute, slightly falcately curved. Outer sepals
oblanceolate to lanceolate, 2.2-3 mm long,
1-1.1 mm wide, pink, abaxially villous with
spreading nodose hairs, adaxially glabrous;
apex acute, white, glabrous. Inner sepals
lanceolate, 2-2.8 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm
wide, pink, abaxially villous with spreading
nodose hairs, adaxially glabrous; apex acute,
glabrous, white. Fertile stamens 5; filaments
0.5-1.1 mm long, unequal in length, filiform,
cream; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3
mm wide, cream or pink. Staminal cup
symmetrical, not lobed, 0.3-0.4 mm long,
glabrous. Ovary obovoid, 0.7-0.9 mm long,
0.7-0.9 mm wide, white, densely villous with
straight, nodose hairs. Style straight, 0.5-0.7
mm long, centrally fixed on the ovary. Stigma
unlobed, capitate. Fruit smooth, membranous.
Seed c. 1.4 mm long, c. 0.9 mm wide, glossy,
dark brown. Figs. 3 & 4.
635
Additional selected specimens examined : Western
Australia, c. 15 km E of Port Hedland - Wittenoom
Road, 77 km SW of Marble Bar, May 2011, Saligari TRS
72-07 & Grantham (PERTH); Ripon Hills, entrance to
abandoned Ripon Hill Mining Centre, May 2001, van
Leeuwen 4845 (PERTH); c. 40 km SSW of Marble Bar
on Panorama Station, Apr 2014, London WEC-001 et al.
(PERTH); c. 2.7 km E of Marble Bar Road & 28.4 km N
of Nullagine, May 2013, Woodman 100-03 & McFarlane
(PERTH); 60.9 km NNE of Nanutarra Roadhouse,
Cane River Conservation Park, Jun 2011, Dillon CR
9160 & Markey (PERTH); WNW of Red Hill Station,
outside of the West Pilbara Iron project area, Aug 2008,
True LCH 24941 (PERTH); 21.2 km W of Nullagine -
Newman Road to Bamboo Springs Homestead, Aug
2004, Chinnock 9657 (PERTH); Rudall River Region,
Jun 1987, Hart 955 (PERTH); 61 km NW of Tom Price,
Sep 2007, Thoma ET1317 (PERTH); c. 150 km SE of Port
Hedland, 50 km E of the Great Northern Highway on
western edge of Panorama Station, Aug 2010, Stratton
BS 02 & Saligari (PERTH); c. 93 km WNW of Newman,
Sep 2010, Bull ONS JSF 338.02 (PERTH); c. 77 km
NW of Newman on Great Northern Highway, Jul 2015,
Thiele 5254 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat : Ptilotus mollis
is endemic in Western Australia, mostly in
the Pilbara IBRA (Interim Biogeographic
Regionalisation for Australia) bioregion but
with the eastern-most occurrence in the Little
Sandy Desert IBRA bioregion (Map 1). It
is typically found on rocky scree slopes or
hillsides, often with ironstone, on skeletal red
or brown clayey loam soils, and it is typically
associated with Acacia or Tr/W/a-dominated
plant communities.
Phenology : Flowering and fruiting from May
to August.
Conservation status: Ptilotus mollis is
listed by Smith & Jones (2018) as Priority
Four under Conservation Codes of Western
Australian Flora.
Ptilotus royceanus Beni, J. Roy. Soc.
West. Aust. 53: 1-4, figs 1, 2 (1970). Type:
Western Australia. Bungabiddy Rockhole,
Walter James Range, 5 October 1966, A.S.
George 8314 (holo: PERTH 01139363; iso:
B 100272695 i.d.v., CANB 251193 i.d.v ., K
000357017 i.d.v., M 0241502 i.d.v., MEL
2279190 i.d.v., NSW 821275 i.d.v., PERTH
01139371, RSA 0000623 i.d.v).
Erect or usually hanging, cremnophilous
subshrubs, 30-60 cm high. Stems terete,
densely woolly with crisped, nodose hairs
636
obscuring the surface, becoming woody and
glabrescent with age. Basal leaves not seen.
Cauline leaves orbicular to broadly ovate,
4-15 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, densely
woolly with crisped, nodose hairs obscuring
the surface; bases sessile to petiolate, petiole
0-2 mm long; margins entire. Inflorescences
spiciform with interrupted or rarely loosely
compact flowers, terminal or rarely axillary,
pendulous, solitary, indeterminate shape,
pink, 40-150 mm long, 8-10 mm wide; apex
acute. Bracts ovate, 1.8-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1.2
mm wide, abaxially densely woolly with
crisped, nodose hairs, adaxially glabrous;
midrib conspicuous, pink; apex acute,
falcately curved. Bracteoles narrowly ovate,
2-2.4 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, abaxially
densely woolly with crisped, nodose hairs,
adaxially glabrous; midrib conspicuous,
pink; apex acute, falcately curved. Outer
sepals lanceolate, 4.8-5.8 mm long, 0.6-
0.8 mm wide, pink, abaxially villous with
spreading nodose hairs, adaxially glabrous;
apex truncate, white, glabrous, with in-rolled
margins. Inner sepals lanceolate, 4.5-5.5
mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, pink, abaxially
villous with spreading nodose hairs, adaxially
glabrous; apex truncate to acute, glabrous,
white, with in-rolled margins. Fertile stamens
5; filaments 1.3-2.7 mm long, unequal in
length, filiform, cream; anthers 0.4-0.5
mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, cream or pink.
Staminal cup symmetrical, not lobed, 0.2-0.4
mm long, glabrous. Ovary obovoid, pink,
0.9-1.2 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, densely
villous to woolly with crisped, nodose hairs.
Style straight, 1-1.4 mm long, centrally fixed
on the ovary. Stigma unlobed, capitate. Fruit
smooth, membranous. Seed glossy, c. 1.3 mm
long, c. 0.9 mm wide, black. Figs. 1 & 2.
Additional selected specimens examined : Western
Australia. Bungabiddy Rockhole, NE of Ngaanyatara -
Giles, Sandy Blightjunction tract, Apr 2013, Keigherys. n.
& Moyle (PERTH 08718202); 27 km N of Great Central
Road on Sandy Blight Junction Road, Bungabiddy
Rockhole, Jul 2013, Brand 362 (PERTH); Bungabiddy
Rockhole, c. 26 km N on the Sandy Blight Road from
the Warakurna road at the main rockhole, Jun 2007,
Sweedman 7102 (PERTH); Bangalbirri [Bangalburi]
Rockhole, Apr 1972, Maconochie 1384 (BRI, MEL,
Austrobaileya 10(4): 628-638 (2020)
PERTH); Pingkalpiri [Pungkilpirri] Rockhole, Walter
James Range, Jun 1989, Pearson DJP651 (PERTH);
Walter James Range, Mar 1993, Chapman 893 (PERTH);
Glen Cumming, Rawlinson Range, Jul 1967, George
8825 (PERTH); Pangkupirri [Pungkilpirri] Rockhole,
Walter James Range, Sep 2006, Vonow HPV3075 et
al. (PERTH); Just E of Pass of the Abencerrages,
Rawlinson Range, Jul 1974, George 12147 (PERTH);
Glen Cummings, Rawlinson Range, 1972, Robinson
s.n. (PERTH 00224057); Glen Cumming Gorge, Aug
2012, Blake DD364 (PERTH). Northern Territory. W
side of gorge, 24.6 km E of Docker River crossing, Aug
2013, Jobson 10779 & Davis (NT, PERTH); 0.5 mile [c.
0.8 km] E Ewalinga Rockhole, Petermann Ranges, Sep
1969, Maconochie 780 (MEL, PERTH); Dean Range,
Aug 1973, Latz 4185 (MEL, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat : Ptilotus royceanus
is restricted to the Petermann Ranges on the
Western Australia and Northern Territory
border in the Central Ranges IBRA bioregion
(Map 1), where it typically occurs in narrow
rock crevices on the vertical walls of gorges
composed of red sandstone. Nearby rocks
are often dominated by Triodia spp. with
scattered shrubs.
Phenology : Flowering and fruiting from June
to September, but with outlying collections
from March and April.
Conservation status: Ptilotus royceanus is
listed as Near Threatened in the Northern
Territory under the Territory Parks and
Wildlife Conservation Act , but not listed as of
conservation concern in Western Australia.
Many Western Australian collections are
from the same site, variously given as
Pungkilpirri, Bungabiddy or Bangalburi
Rockhole. The species may be restricted
to just a few locations. Given its very
restricted distribution and specific habitat,
we recommend that the conservation status
of P. royceanus in Western Australia be re¬
evaluated.
637
Hammer et a/., Ptilotus royceanus group
Key to the Ptilotus royceanus species group
1 Stems and leaves densely white-tomentose; sepals >3.5 mm long;
style >0.9 mm long.2
1. Stems and leaves densely silvery-grey silky-villous; sepals
<3.1 mm long; style <0.8 mm long.P. mollis
2 Inflorescences interrupted or rarely loosely compact; staminal cup
0.2-0.4 mm long; style 1-1.4 mm long.P. royceanus
2. Inflorescences tightly compact; staminal cup 0.6-0.8 mm
long; style 1.6-2 mm long.P. maconochiei
Acknowledgements
The authors thank the directors and staff
of the cited herbaria for access to their
collections and loaning material. Murray
Fagg (Canberra) and the Australian Plant
Image Index are thanked for permission to use
photographs (i.e. dig 25943 and dig 25946).
TAH acknowledges the support of a Forrest
Research Foundation PhD scholarship and
University Postgraduate Award (UWA). This
research did not receive any specific funding.
References
Bean, A.R. (2008). A synopsis of Ptilotus
(Amaranthaceae) in eastern Australia. Telopea
12: 227-250.
Benl, G. (1970). Two xerophytic new species of Ptilotus
(Amaranthaceae) from Western Australia.
Journal of the Royal Society of Western
Australia 53: 1-6.
-(1979). Two new taxa of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae).
Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 1:
201-204.
Hammer, T.A., Davis, R.W. & Thiele, K.R. (2018). A
key to Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) in Western
Australia. Nuytsia 29: 217-227.
Hammer, T.A., Zhong, X., Colas des Francs-Small,
C., Nevill, P.G., Small, I.D. & Thiele, K.R.
(2019) Resolving intergeneric relationships in
the aervoid clade and the backbone of Ptilotus
(Amaranthaceae): Evidence from whole plastid
genomes and morphology. Taxon 68(2): 297-
314. https://doi.org/10.1002/tax. 12054
Smith, M.G. & Jones, A. (2018). Threatened and Priority
Flora list 5 December 2018. Department of
Biodiversity, Conservation and Attractions.
https://www.dpaw.wa.gov.au/plants-and-
animals/threatened-species-and-communities/
threatened-plants, accessed 18 December 2018.
638
Austrobaileya 10(4): 628-638 (2020)
Map 1 . The distributions of the three species as inferred from records retrieved from the Australasian Virtual
Herbarium (http://avh.chah.org.au/): Ptilotus mollis (vertical shading), P. royceanus (diagonal shading), P.
maconochiei (horizontal shading) and Queensland records of P. royceanus (triangles) sensu Bean (2008) reassessed
in the present study.
Endiandra inopinata B.Gray (Lauraceae), a new
species from Queensland’s Wet Tropics
B. Gray
Summary
Gray, B. (2020). Endiandra inopinata B.Gray (Lauraceae), a new species from Queensland’s
Wet Tropics. Austrobaileya 10(4): 639-644. Endiandra inopinata B.Gray, a new species closely
related to E. insignis F.M. Bailey but differing in floral and fruiting characteristics, is described and
illustrated. The new species is restricted to the Mount Lewis and Mount Sorrow areas of the Wet
Tropics rainforest of northeast Queensland.
Key Words: Lauraceae; Endiandra ; Endiandra inopinata ; Australia flora; Queensland flora; Wet
Tropics rainforest; new species; taxonomy
B. Gray, c/o Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor
Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia.
Introduction
Endiandra R.Br. (Lauraceae) is a genus of
c. 100 species occurring in Asia, Malesia,
Australia and the Pacific Islands with
38 species (33 or 34 species endemic) in
Australia (Hyland 1989; Le Cussan & Hyland
2007). Rohwer (1993) using morphological
and anatomical characters, included
Endiandra in the ‘ Beilschmiedia group’ of
the Perseeae Nees, along with Beilschmiedia
Nees, Brassiodendron C.K.Allen, Hexapora
Hook.f. and Potameia Thouars. Endiandra
has been found to consistently group with
Beilschmiedia based on molecular analyses
(Rohwer & Rudolph 2005; Rohwer et al.
2014; van der Merwe et al. 2016; Song et al.
2019) and the two genera differ mainly in the
orientation of the anther valves in the flower
(Hyland 1989; Le Cussan & Hyland 2007).
This apparent relationship is under question;
however, as the recent more comprehensive
study of Song et al. (2019) inferred a closer
relationship between species of Beilschmiedia
and Syndiclis Hook.f., with Endiandra sister
to that group.
In Australia species of Endiandra occur
from Torres Strait in Queensland to southern
New South Wales, with one species extending
to the Northern Territory. The majority
of Australian Endiandra species occur in
rainforest, gallery or littoral forests with only
a few species extending to drier open forests.
The species described below was first
collected flowering in June of 1996 by
Paul Forster, Maurice Tucker and Garry
Sankowsky, {Forster PIF19236 et al), along
the Mount Lewis Road and this collection
and subsequent collections from there and
the Mount Sorrow area were subsequently
identified as Endiandra insignis F.M.Bailey;
however, closer study has shown it to be a
distinct species. This new species is endemic
to the Queensland Wet Tropics bioregion and
is here described as E. inopinata B.Gray.
Although relatively common where it
occurs, with flowering occurring over a
long period, fruiting specimens proved very
difficult to find, but collections in December
of 2017 have made it possible to complete the
description of this species.
Materials and methods
All measurements and illustrations in this
study are based on living plants in the field,
herbarium specimens and spirit preserved
materials from CNS and BRI. The description
is modelled on those of Hyland (1989).
Dimensions are inclusive, i.e. 1.0-1.7 is given
as 1-1.7.
Accepted for publication 13 January 2020
640
Abbreviations used in the specimen
citation include LA (Logging Area), SF (State
Forest or State Forest Reserve), Mt (Mount or
Mountain except where a designated National
Park or State Forest name).
Taxonomy
Endiandra inopinata B.Gray sp. nov.
Similar to Endiandra insignis F.M.Bailey
but differing in anther filaments without
glands and fruit 24-27 x 32-36 mm, opposed
to anther filaments with glands, and fruits
60-80 x 65-100 mm in E. insignis. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: Mount Lewis
Road, 11 km from Mount Molloy to Mossman
Road, B. Gray BG9411 (holo: BRI; iso: CNS).
Small tree to 12 m tall, poorly formed and
often with two or more stems from ground
level; stem to 15 cm dbh, without buttresses;
bark nondescript. Twigs terete and clothed
in pale brown to rusty hairs when young,
becoming glabrescent. Leaves green on the
underside, clothed in appressed, pale brown
to rusty hairs, especially so on midrib and
primary veins, upper surface glabrous. Leaf
blade elliptical to ovate-elliptical, apex acute
to acuminate, base cuneate, 5.8-14.5 x 2-6.5
cm; penninerved, primary veins 5-8 pairs
(mode 6) flush on the upper surface, midrib
flush on the upper surface. Inflorescence
paniculate, terminal, axillary or on twigs
below the leaves, clothed in rusty upright
hairs, bracts narrowly triangular to linear,
0.8-2 x 0.2-0.4 mm. Flowers 3-merous,
green, scarcely opening at anthesis, the tepals
remaining erect and forming a tight sheath
around the exserted anthers and style. Pedicel
0.8-1.5 x 0.7-0.9 mm. Perianth tube 1-1.9 x
27-3.2 mm at the widest point, but narrowing
slightly at the apex where it ranges from
2.2-27 mm diameter, outer tepals 3, 1.2-1.5
x 1.8-2.3 mm, inner tepals 3, 1.1-1.3 x 1-1.3
mm, all tepals usually with sparse, appressed
hairs on the inner surfaces, but only rarely
on the outer surfaces. Anthers glabrous,
opening sideways and outwards, 0.6-0.9 x
0.3-0.6 mm. Filaments 1-1.3 mm long, hairy,
glands absent; staminodes usually 3, variable,
linear to narrowly triangular, usually
undifferentiated, hairy, 0.9-1.1 x 0.2-0.3
mm. Ovary sessile, c. 0.8 x 0.7 mm, glabrous;
Austrobaileya 10(4): 639-644 (2020)
style 0.9-lmm long, glabrous. Fruits wider
than long and slightly laterally compressed,
24-27 mm long and 32-36 mm wide, yellow
pinkish yellow to orange when ripe; mesocarp
+ exocarp 2-2.5 mm thick; endocarp 0.2-0.3
mm thick; seed 16.5-21 x 19-25 mm; testa
0.2-0.3 mm thick; radicle central. Cotyledons
cream to pinkish cream. Figs. 1-4.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Daintree NP, upper slope of Mt Sorrow
walking track, Nov 2018, Ford 5410 (BRI); Mt Sorrow
walking track, Jul 2017, Gray 9787 & Hawkes (CNS);
ibid , Dec 2017, Gray 9961 & Hawkes (CNS); SF 143,
South Mary LA, Jun 1996, Forster PIF19236, Tucker
& Sankowsky (BRI); 3.9 km from Bushy Creek bridge
on Mt Lewis Road, Jun 2005, Ford 4668 (CNS); 100
m past gate at grassy clearing on Mt Lewis Road, Dec
2017, Jensen 3892 & McKenna (BRI); 12.1 km on Mt
Lewis Road from Julatten - Mossman Road, Nov 2005,
Halford Q8831 & Jensen (BRI); 6.8 km past gate on
Mt Lewis Road, Nov 2005, Halford Q8838 & Jensen
(BRI); Mt Lewis Road, Aug 2009, Gray 9297 (CNS); Mt
Lewis access Road, Jan 2012, Gray 9481 (CNS); ibid,
Aug 2013, Gray 9577 (CNS); Mt Lewis Road, 12 km
from Mt Molloy - Mossman Road, Jan 2012, Gray 9482
(CNS); Mt Lewis Road 300 m before Finch clearing, Apr
2016, Gray 9776 & Hawkes (CNS); Mt Lewis Road, 9.5
km from Mt Molloy - Mossman Road, Apr 2016, Gray
9777 & Hawkes (CNS); ibid, Dec 2017, Gray 9957 &
Ford (CNS); Mt Lewis Road, 11.1 km from Mt Molloy
- Mossman Road, Dec 2017, Gray 9956 & Ford (CNS);
Mt Lewis Road, 9.5 km from Mt Molloy - Mossman
Road, 100 m before Finch clearing, June 2018, Gray
9971 (CNS).
Distribution and habitat: Endiandra
inopinata is so far recorded from two small
areas, Mt Lewis Road in the Brooklyn
Wildlife Sanctuary and Mount Lewis National
Park, and along the Mt Sorrow walking track
within the Daintree National Park; however,
it is likely because of the lack of access to this
portion of the Wet Tropics, that the species
may well occur in a broader area (Map 1).
Endiandra inopinata grows as an
understory tree in an area of high rainfall
in montain rainforest (complex notophyll to
mesophyll vineforest) at altitudes between
250 and 1100 m, on soils derived from granite
and can at times be locally common.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in
January to August, while ripe fruits have
been recorded in December and January.
Flowering has been observed on trees as
small as 4 metres tall.
Gray, Endiandra inopinata
641
Fig. 1. Endiandra inopinata. A. habit of flowering branchlet. B. flower (lateral view). C. flower (top view). D. anthers
and staminode (lateral view). E. staminode. F. anther (adaxial view). G. fruit. H. section through fruit. I. seedling.
Scales as indicated. A-F from Gray BG94II (CNS); G & I from Jensen 3892 & McKenna (BRI); H from Gray 9956
& Ford (CNS). Del. B. Gray.
642
Austrobaileya 10(4): 639-644 (2020)
Fig. 2. Flowering plant of Endiandra inopinata ( Gray BG9971, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.
Fig. 3. Inflorescence and flowers of Endiandra inopinata ( Gray BG9971, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.
Gray, Endiandra inopinata
643
Fig. 4. Ripe fruit of Endiandra inopinata ( Jensen 3892 & McKenna, BRI). Photo: R. Jensen.
Notes : Endiandra inopinata is most similar to
E. insignis , but differs in being a small tree
usually with basal coppice and/or multiple
stems less than 15 cm diameter, with fruits
to 36 mm diameter, compared to E. insignis
which grows to a tree 25 m tall x 80 cm dbh,
with fruits 65-100 mm diameter (Hyland
1989). E. inopinata has very distinctive
pinkish-red new growth leaves during the wet
season which make the tree easily recognised
at that time of the year.
Etymology : The specific epithet is derived
from the Latin inopinatus (unexpected) and
refers to the unexpected discovery of this new
species in areas that have been frequently
botanised.
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Rigel Jensen who first brought
this species to my attention, Tim Hawkes
and Andrew Ford for assistance in the field
and for their collections from Mt Sorrow.
The curators of BRI and CNS for access to
their collections. Tony Bean for preparing
the distribution map and Paul Forster for
comments on the manuscript.
References
Hyland, B.P.M. (1989). A revision of Lauraceae in
Australia (excluding Cassytha). Australian
Systematic Botany 2: 135-367.
Le Cussan, J. & Hyland, B.P.M. (2007). Lauraceae. In
A.S. George (ed.). Flora of Australia 2: 106-
223. Australian Biological Resources Study:
Canberra.
644
Rohwer, J.G. (1993). Lauraceae. In K. Kubitzki et al.
(eds.). The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants. 2: 366-391. Springer-Verlag: Berlin.
Rohwer, J.G. & Rudolph, B. (2005). Jumping genera:
the phylogenetic positions of Cassytha,
Hypodaphnis, and Neocinnamomum
(Lauraceae) based on different analyses of the
trnK intron sequences. Annals of the Missouri
Botanical Garden 92: 153-178.
Rohwer, J.G., De Moraes, P.L.R., Rudolph, B., van
der Werff, H. (2014). A phylogenetic analysis
of the Cryptocarya group (Lauraceae), and
relationships of Dahlgrenodendron, Sinopora,
Triadodaphne , and Yasuna. Phytotaxa 158:
111-132.
Austrobaileya 10(4): 639-644 (2020)
Song, Y., Yu, W-B., Tan, Y-h., Jin, J-J., Wang, B., Yang,
J-B., Liu, B. & Corlett, R.T. (2019). Plastid
phylogenomics improve phylogenetic resolution
in the Lauraceae. Journal of Systematics and
Evolution dor. 10.1111/jse. 12536.
Van der Merwe, M., Crayn, D.M., Ford, A., Weston,
PH. & Rossetto, M. (2016). Evolution of
Australian Cryptocarya (Lauraceae) based
on nuclear and plastid phylogenetic trees:
evidence of recent landscape-level disjunctions.
Australian Systematic Botany 29: 157-166.
Map 1 . Distribution of Endiandra inopinata. Cross hatching indicate the conservation estate.
Taxonomic notes on the Melaleuca leucadendra
(L.) L. group (Myrtaceae) in Queensland
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2020). Taxonomic notes on the Melaleuca leucadendra (L.) L. group (Myrtaceae) in
Queensland Austrobaileya 10(4): 645-655. Melaleuca oblivia A.R.Bean and M stenostachya subsp.
amplior A.R.Bean are newly described, and M. nervosa subsp. crosslandiana (W.Fitzg.) Barlow ex
Craven is reinstated. Distribution maps and illustrations are provided for all taxa discussed. An
identification key for all Queensland members of the M. leucadendra group is included.
Key Words: Myrtaceae; Melaleuca leucadendra ; Melaleuca nervosa subsp. crosslandiana, Melaleuca
nervosa subsp. nervosa, Melaleuca oblivia, Melaleuca stenostachya subsp. amplior, Australia flora;
Queensland flora; new species; new subspecies; identification key; distribution maps
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.
au
Introduction
The genus Melaleuca L. has around 290
species and is distributed throughout
Australia, New Caledonia, Papua New
Guinea, Indonesia and mainland south-east
Asia (Brophy et al. 2013). Eighty species
are currently recognised for Queensland, and
occur in virtually all habitats except rainforest
and mangroves.
Perhaps the most taxonomically difficult
Queensland species belong to the Melaleuca
leucadendra (L.) L. group, sometimes
known as the broad-leaved paperbarks.
Bentham (1867), with the material available
to him, recognised just two species in the
group, namely M. lasiandra F.Muell. and
a polymorphic M. leucadendra. Blake
(1968) brought order from taxonomic and
nomenclatural chaos in a comprehensive and
insightful monograph of the M. leucadendra
group, where he accounted for around 100
published names relating to the group,
including many that were misapplied, and
described two new species. His study was
based on both herbarium specimens and
extensive field studies, and he discovered
several important taxonomic characters
that have proved to be of considerable value
in distinguishing species. Byrnes (1984,
1985, 1986) revised the genus Melaleuca
for northern and eastern Australia, and in
the M. leucadendra group he named several
new varieties and formas of existing species,
most of which are no longer accepted.
Barlow & Forrester (1984) suggested that
M crosslandiana W.Fitzg. should be made
a subspecies of M. nervosa (Findl.) Cheel
(later validated by Craven (1999)) though
subsequently sunk by Craven & Cowie
(2013), and Barlow (in Craven & Barlow
1997) described three new Queensland taxa:
M fluviatilis Barlow, M. cajuputi subsp.
platyphylla Barlow and M. clarksonii Barlow.
Fifteen species belonging to the Melaleuca
leucadendra group are currently recognised
for Queensland, and in this paper, M. oblivia
A.R.Bean and M. stenostachya subsp.
amplior A.R.Bean are newly described, and
M. nervosa subsp. crosslandiana (W.Fitzg.)
Barlow ex Craven is reinstated.
Accepted for publication 23 January 2020
646
Materials and methods
This paper is based on an examination of
around 650 Melaleuca specimens held at
BRI, and type specimen images on the
JSTOR website. All measurements are based
on dried herbarium material. Dimensions are
inclusive, viz. 1.0-1.7 is given as 1-1.7.
In the specimen citations, common
abbreviations are Mt (Mountain or Mount)
and NP (National Park).
Taxonomy
Austrobcdleya 10 ( 4 ): 645-655 ( 2020 )
Distribution maps are provided for all
the taxa taxonomically discussed and were
compiled using DIVA-GIS Version 7.5.0,
using geocodes given on the labels of the
specimens examined.
A key to all Melaleuca species occurring
in Queensland is available on the internet
(Keybase 2019); however, a key to just the
species in the M leucadendra group is
provided here.
Key to taxa of the Melaleuca leucadendra group in Queensland 1
1 Inflorescences and infructescences in globose or ellipsoidal heads, or
short spikes < 30 mm long.2
1. Inflorescences and infructescences spicate, spikes 30-150 mm long. 3
2 Adult leaf apex obtuse; hypanthium sparsely hairy with hairs 0.4-0.6 mm
long; capsules 3.5-4.5 mm diameter; anther cells 0.4-0.5 mm long. M. arcana
2. Adult leaf apex acute; hypanthium densely hairy with hairs 0.1-0.3 mm
long; capsules 2.5-3.3 mm diameter; anther cells 0.3-0.4 mm long. M. saligna
3 Larger leaves 25-35 mm long; stamens conspicuously hairy. M. lasiandra
3. Larger leaves 40-150 mm long; stamens glabrous.4
4 Young leaves with many short crisped hairs, and usually with some long
straight hairs (spreading or appressed). 5
4. Young leaves with straight appressed hairs only, often silky, or leaves glabrous.7
5 Hypanthium and rachis sparsely to densely hairy, but surface of
hypanthium/rachis readily visible with hand lens; fruits persistent
for > 12 months. M. fluviatilis
5. Hypanthium and rachis with very dense white hairs, obscuring surface of
hypanthium/rachis; fruits deciduous soon after maturity.6
6 Inflorescence 17-23 mm across; anther cells 0.7-0.8 mm long; mainly
in dune swales near the coast. M. dealbata
6. Inflorescence 30-45 mm across; anther cells 0.45-0.75 mm long;
widespread in inland areas. *M. nervosa subsp. nervosa
7 Rachis and hypanthium glabrous.8
7. Rachis hairy, and hypanthium usually hairy. 11
8 Stamen bundles 5-8 mm long; fruits 3-4 mm diameter; hairs on
leaves 0.1-0.2 mm long . M. clarksonii
8. Stamen bundles 9-22 mm long; fruits 4.5-6.5 mm diameter; leaf hairs
0.2-0.8 mm long or absent.9
'Only those taxa (indicated*) that are newly named or reinstated are dealt with in detail in the subsequent text.
Bean, Melaleuca leucadendra group 647
9 Inflorescences 24-30 mm wide; new growth sparsely hairy.M. leucadendra
9. Inflorescences 31-54 mm wide; new growth densely hairy.10
10 Leaves 7-11 times longer than wide.M. viridiflora var. attenuata
10. Leaves 2-7 times longer than wide.M. viridiflora var. viridiflora
11 Leaves narrow, 7-14 times longer than broad.12
11. Leaves broad, 1.7-7 times longer than broad.16
12 Inflorescences 12-16 mm wide.13
12. Inflorescences 22-42 mm wide.14
13 Larger leaves 3-8(-9) mm wide; fruit diameter 1.9-2.7(-3) mm
.*M. stenostachya subsp. stenostachya
13. Larger leaves (7-)8-14 mm wide; fruit diameter 27-3.3 mm
.*M. stenostachya subsp. amplior
14 Leaves 3-veined; fruits 27-3.3 mm diameter.*M. oblivia
14. Leaves 5-7-veined; fruits 3.6-5.2 mm diameter.15
15 Inflorescences 75-90 mm long and 22-29 mm wide; anther cells 0.8-1.1
mm long; leaf hairs semi-persistent.M. argentea
15. Inflorescences 40-60 mm long and 25-42 mm wide; anther cells 0.5-0.75
mm long; leaf hairs readily deciduous.M. fluviatilis
16 Inflorescences 16-18 mm diameter; fruits 3.2-37 mm diameter
.M. cajuputi subsp. platyphylla
16. Inflorescences 23-54 mm diameter; fruits 3.5-7 mm diameter.17
17 Longer leaves 120-180 mm long and 25-44 mm wide. . . . M. viridiflora var. viridiflora
17. Longer leaves 50-120 mm long and 8-25 mm wide.18
18 Inflorescences 23-32(-40) mm wide; fruits 4-6 mm wide, persistent;
absent from Burke and Gregory North districts.M. quinquenervia
18. Inflorescences 30-45 mm wide; fruits 3.5-4 mm wide, readily deciduous;
Burke and Gregory North districts only.*M. nervosa subsp. crosslandiana
Melaleuca oblivia A.R.Bean sp. nov. with
affinity to M. stenostachya S.T.Blake, but
differing by the longer stamens and style, the
inflorescences with widely spaced triads, the
larger anthers, and the shorter hairs on the
rachis and leaves. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: Mungkan Kandju National Park, 3
October 2008, K.R. McDonald KRM7960 &
J.W. Winter (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, MEL,
NSW, distribuendi ).
Tree 5-15 m high. Bark grey to white, papery,
persistent thoughout. Branchlets terete, grey
to brown; hairs absent or sparse, appressed,
straight. Leaves simple, entire, spirally
arranged, not pendulous {fide Neldner 2832
& Clarkson ); petioles ill-defined, 5-11 mm
long, flattened; lamina linear to narrowly-
oblanceolate, 57-129 x 6-13 mm, 7-12 times
longer than wide, with 3 prominent raised
longitudinal veins, any additional veins not
extending for more than 50% of leaf length;
oil glands sparse, 12-16 per mm 2 ; hairs simple
appressed, silky, 0.1-0.25 mm long, sparse to
dense on young laminae, becoming glabrous
with age; apex acuminate to apiculate, base
cuneate, margins flat. Inflorescences spicate,
spikes 35-75 mm long, 26-34 mm wide;
rachis with sparse to moderately dense patent
to antrorse white straight hairs, 0.05-0.15
mm long; flowers in triads, 5-merous, sessile,
bracteoles not seen; triads (3—)5—11 mm
apart on the rachis. Hypanthium obconical
to cupular, 1.5-1.9 mm long, with sparse
patent white hairs c. 0.1 mm long; sepals
hemispherical to deflate, 0.5-07 mm long,
with several large globose oil glands, glabrous
648
to sparsely hairy on outer surface, glabrous to
sparsely hairy on inner surface, deciduous;
petals broadly obovate, 1.2-2.1 mm long,
white, outer surface glabrous, inner surface
glabrous, margin sometimes with a few hairs,
oil glands linear to elliptical. Stamens white,
in 5 bundles, 4-6 stamens per bundle, bundles
11-13 mm long, filaments glabrous; anthers
versatile, 0.5-0.7 mm long. Ovary 3-locular;
summit of the ovary densely hairy; style
10-16 mm long, glabrous; stigma slightly
expanded. Mature fruits cupular, 2.5-3.0 mm
long, 2.6-3.2 mm diameter, sessile, glabrous
or glabrescent, valves of capsule enclosed.
Fig. 1A,B,E,G
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Edward River Aboriginal Reserve, 2 km from
Nutwood crossing, Oct 1980, Clarkson 3526 (BRI);
Weipa, back of rubbish tip, Oct 1981, Morton AM1540
(BRI); 2 km N of Archer River, Oct 1984, Gray 3652
(BRI); c. 25 km SSW of Aurukun and 0.5 km W of the
Archer River, Oct 1982, Clarkson 4547 (BRI); Stone
Crossing, Wenlock River, Oct 1980, Hyland 10774
(BRI); 1.5 km ESE of Aurukun on track leading to
Watson River, Dec 1981, Clarkson 4079 (BRI, CANB,
CNS, K, NT, PERTH); between Cattle Creek and Coal
Seam Creek on Lakeland to Laura Road, Oct 2000, Jago
5765 & Wannan (BRI, DNA); Batavia Downs, 6.4 km
from Peninsula Development Road on track to lagoons
on Wenlock River, Oct 1989, Neldner 2832 & Clarkson
(BRI, CANB, CNS); ibid, Oct 1989, Neldner 2833 &
Clarkson (BRI, CANB, CNS); Orchid Creek Station, W
of Lockhart River, Oct 2013, McDonald KRM14941 &
Thompson (BRI); 30 miles [48 km] SSE of‘Strathleven’,
Nov 1965, Pedley 1842 (BRI); c. 24-26 km SE of Coen,
on Laura - Coen road, Oct 1962, Smith 12021 (BRI);
Lama Lama NP, Goose Lagoon, Bull Swamp track,
Jul 2016, McDonald KRM18760 (BRI); 11 km ENE of
Weipa mission, Jul 1974, Specht W351 & Salt (BRI);
Oyala Thunstang NP, 6.2 km along Rokeby Road, Sep
2013, McDonald KRM14849 (BRI); Running Creek
Nature Refuge, start of timber extraction track near
dam, Oct 2018, McDonald KRM20804 (BRI); Running
Creek Nature Refuge, 25.6 km along Lilyvale Road
from Port Stewart Road junction, Oct 2018, McDonald
KRM20802 (BRI); 9 km N of Morehead River on
Peninsula Development Road, Apr 1980, Clarkson 3116
(BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Melaleuca oblivia is
endemic to Queensland where it is confined to
Cape York Peninsula, extending from Batavia
Downs to Laura and west to Kowanyama and
Weipa (Map 1). It usually grows in woodland
on sandy soils, but sometimes on clayey soils
fringing lagoons. Associated species include
Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.Muell., E. brassiana
Austrobaileya 10(4): 645-655 (2020)
S.T.Blake, Corymbia clarksoniana (D.J.Carr
& S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson,
Melaleuca viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn.,
Syzygium suborbiculare (Benth.) T.G.Hartley
& L.M. Perry, Grey idea pteridifolia Knight,
Acacia crassicarpa A.Cunn. ex Benth. and A.
torulosa Benth.
Phenology : Flowers in September and
October; fruits recorded for July, November
and December.
Affinities : The closest putative relative of
Melaleuca oblivia on the basis of morphology
is unclear. Several specimens had been
previously identified as either M. stenostachya
or M. fluviatilis , and it has similarities to both
these species. M. oblivia differs from M.
stenostachya subsp. amplior by the stamen
bundles 11—13 mm long (5-8 mm long for
M. stenostachya subsp. amplior ); style 10-14
mm long (6-9 mm for M. stenostachya subsp.
amplior ); flower triads (3-) 5-11 mm apart
(2-4 mm apart for M. stenostachya subsp.
amplior ); anther cells 0.5-0.7 mm long (0.3-
0.4 mm for M. stenostachya subsp. amplior );
leaf hairs 0.1-0.25 mm long (0.2-1.2 mm
long for M. stenostachya subsp. amplior);
rachis hairs patent to antrorse, 0.05-0.15
mm long (appressed, 0.3-0.7 mm long for
M. stenostachya subsp. amplior)., and the
leaves 3-veined (usually 5-veined for M.
stenostachya subsp. amplior).
Melaleuca oblivia differs from M.
fluviatilis by the hairs on the young leaves
consistently straight and appressed (usually
with many crisped hairs for M. fluviatilis ),
the leaves 3-veined, veins raised (usually
5-veined, veins not raised in M. fluviatilis ),
the rachis hairs 0.05-0.15 mm long (0.2-0.5
mm long for M. fluviatilis ), and the fruits
27-3.3 mm diameter (3.6-5.2 mm diameter
for M. fluviatilis).
Notes : Melaleuca oblivia is characterised
by the slender, often oblanceolate trinerved
leaves (non-pendulous according to Neldner
2832 & Clarkson ), the short antrorse hairs
on the rachis, the widely spaced triads of
the inflorescence, and the small fruits. Some
collectors (Smith 12021; Neldner 2832 &
Clarkson; Morton AM1540) have described
Bean, Melaleuca leucadendra group
649
Fig. 1 . Melaleuca oblivia. A. flowering branchlet x 0 . 5 . B. fruiting branchlet x0.5. E. leaf xl. G. rachis and fruits
showing indumentum xio. M. stenostachya subsp. amplior. D. leaf xl. F. fruiting branchlet x2. H. rachis and flower
buds showing indumentum xio. M. stenostachya subsp. stenostachya. C. leaf xl.5. A, E from McDonald KRM14849
(BRI); B from Neldner 2832 & Clarkson (BRI); C from Fox IDF261 (BRI); D,H from Stanton JPS3941 & Fell
(BRI); F from Crisp 10277 & Morris (BRI); G from McDonald KRM7960 & Winter (BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at xl
magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
650
the bark as fibrous or somewhat fibrous,
but other collectors describe it merely as
‘paperbarked’.
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012). There are 17 known collections of M.
oblivia, over a geographical range of 400 x
150 km, and it does not appear to be confined
to a rare or unusual habitat.
Etymology : From the Latin oblivius meaning
‘sunk into oblivion’, ‘ignored’ or ‘forgotten’.
This name is given because this species,
first collected in 1962, has been apparently
overlooked by taxonomists.
Melaleuca stenostachya S.T. Blake,
Contr. Queensland Herb. 1: 50 (1968); M.
stenostachya var. stenostachya , Byrnes,
Austrobaileyal. 74 (1984). Type: Queensland.
Burke District: Croydon, 16 July 1954, S.T
Blake 19566 (holo: BRI; iso: NSW).
Shrub or tree 3-12 m high. Bark grey to white,
papery, persistent thoughout. Branchlets
terete, grey to brown; hairs absent or sparse,
appressed, eglandular. Leaves simple, entire,
spirally arranged; petioles ill-defined, 1-2
mm long, flattened; lamina linear to elliptical
or lanceolate, 35-90 x 3-14 mm, 4-15
times longer than wide, (3-)5(-7)-veined;
oil glands moderately dense, c. 20 per mm 2 ;
hairs simple appressed, silky, 0.2-1.2 mm
long, dense on young laminae, becoming
glabrous with age; apex acute, base cuneate,
margins flat. Inflorescences spicate, spikes
30-45 mm long; rachis with dense appressed
to antrorse white eglandular hairs, 0.3-0.7
mm long; flowers in triads, 5-merous, sessile,
Austrobaileya 10(4): 645-655 (2020)
bracteoles very small, caduceus; triads 2-4
mm apart along the rachis. Hypanthium
cylindrical to cupular, 1.2-1.6 mm long,
with dense appressed white hairs 0.2-0.5
mm long; sepals ovate-truncate, 0.6-1.1 mm
long, oil glands circular to elliptical, glabrous
to densely hairy on outer surface, glabrous
on inner surface, deciduous; petals broadly
obovate, 1.1-1.9 mm long, white, hairs
present on margin, otherwise glabrous, oil
glands circular to elliptical. Stamens white, in
5 bundles, 5-9 stamens per bundle, bundles
5-8 mm long, filaments glabrous; anthers
versatile, 0.3-0.4 mm long. Ovary 3-locular;
summit of the ovary densely hairy; style 6-9
mm long, glabrous; stigma slightly expanded.
Mature fruits globose-truncate, 1.9-3.3 mm
long, 1.9-3.3 mm diameter, sessile, glabrous
or glabrescent, valves of capsule enclosed.
Notes : Melaleuca stenostachya is
characterised by the short stamens, short
cylindrical inflorescences, the appressed to
antrorse silky hairs on the rachis, and the
small fruits. The species is typified by a
specimen from Croydon in north-western
Qld, and plants from that region and into
the NT have relatively narrow leaves with
the hairs rather persistent. Specimens from
Cape York Peninsula that conform florally
to M. stenostachya are nevertheless distinct
in appearance due to their quite broad leaves
that lose their indumentum very quickly,
and the somewhat larger fruits. These
latter collections are here separated as M.
stenostachya subsp. amplior.
Key to the subspecies of Melaleuca stenostachya
Fruit diameter 1.9-2.7(-3) mm; larger leaves 3-8(-9) mm wide,
35-65 mm long, indumentum semi-persistent; calyx lobes densely
hairy.M. stenostachya subsp. stenostachya
Fruit diameter 27-3.3 mm; larger leaves (7—)8—14 mm wide, 50-90
mm long, indumentum quickly lost; calyx lobes glabrous or very
sparsely hairy.M. stenostachya subsp. amplior
Bean, Melaleuca leucadendra group
Melaleuca stenostachya subsp. stenostachya
Larger leaves 35-65 mm long, 3-8(-9) mm
wide, indumentum semi-persistent. Calyx
lobes densely hairy. Fruits 1.9-2.7(-3) mm
diameter. Fig. 1C.
Additional selected specimens examined: Northern
Territory. 24 miles [39 km] N of McArthur River
Station, Jul 1948, Perry 1776 (BRI); 32.1 km NNE of
Pungalina Homestead on track to Calvert River mouth
on Pungalina/Seven Emu Wildlife Sanctuary, Jul
2012, Jensen 2660 & Kemp (BRI). Queensland. Cook
District: Entrance gate to Brooklyn, Bethel’s Crossing
track, a few km west of Mt Carbine, Feb 2006, Kemp
JEK6472 (BRI); Dorunda Station, opposite homestead
airstrip, Jun 1990, Neldner 2936 & Clarkson (BRI,
CANB, CNS, L); near Chillagoe, Apr 1936, Blake 13564
(BRI). Burke District: S of Croydon on Mittagong
Station, Jun 1999, Fox IDF261 (BRI).
Melaleuca stenostachya subsp. amplior
A.R.Bean subsp. nov., differing from
M. stenostachya subsp. stenostachya by
the larger (50-90 x 7-14 mm), quickly
glabrescent leaves and the often larger fruits.
Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 11.8 km
E of Bromley on the track to Carron Valley, 10
July 1990, J.R. Clarkson 8889 & VJ. Neldner
(holo: BRI; iso: CANB, DNA, K).
Leaves 50-90 mm long, (7—)8—14 mm wide,
indumentum quickly lost. Calyx lobes
glabrous or very sparsely hairy. Fruits 27-3.3
mm diameter. Fig. 1D,F,H
Additional selected specimens examined (from 49 total):
Queensland. Cook District: Hammond Island, Torres
Strait, Mar 2006, Waterhouse BMW7362 (BRI, CANB,
NSW); Pulu Islet, off western shore of Mabuiag Island,
Torres Strait, Apr 2009, FellDGF10015 (BRI, CNS); Tip
of Cape York, car park, Sep 2006, Crisp 10277 & Morris
(BRI, CANB); Base of Mt Bremer, western side, Feb
1994, Stanton JPS3941 & Fell (BRI); Mosquito Point, N
of Pascoe River, Dec 1977, Webb & Tracey 13574 (BRI,
CNS); Weipa ‘Jump Up’ road, 1 km along road from Coen
intersection. May 1989, ArmstrongBF53 (BRI); 12 km E
of Strathhaven Homestead on the Musgrave - Edward
River Road, Oct 1980, Clarkson 3470 (BRI, CANB,
CNS, K, L, MO, NSW, NT, PERTH, PRE); Orchid Creek
Station, Fox Creek, SW of Lockhart River, Cape York
Peninsula, Apr 2014, McDonald KRM15651 etal. (BRI);
12.2 kmN of old road junction on road to Portland Roads,
Jul 1991, Neldner 3578 & Clarkson (BRI, CANB, CNS,
DNA); 0.8 km E of the Koolatah turnoff on the Oroners
- Sefton road, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3767 (BRI, CNS, K,
MO, NSW, NT, PERTH); 6.7 km E of the Peninsula
Development Road on the road to Iron Range, Jul 1985,
Clarkson 6123 (BRI, CANB, CNS, DNA, PERTH);
Cape Griffith ridge. Iron Range NP, NE Cape York
651
Peninsula, Jun 1990, Fell DF2125 (BRI); Orchid Creek
Station, Dolphin Mountain; SW of Lockhart River,
Cape York Peninsula, Apr 2014, Forster PIF41132 et al.
(BRI, MEL, NSW); S approach to Rosser Creek on the
Gamboola - Strathleven Road, Jul 2003, Fox 1DF2277
(BRI, DNA, NSW); Peninsula Development Road, 16.3
km S of Coen, Feb 1999, Jago 5138 & Wannan (BRI,
CANB); Flinders Island, Jun 1995, Le Cussan 582 (BRI);
Chuula Lagoon, Kaanju Nation, Central Cape York, Jun
2005, Smith 4886 & Claudie (BRI); c. 8 km SE of Laura
on Peninsula Development Road, Jul 1985, Barlow 3893
& Thiele (BRI, CANB); Cooktown, Jan 1958, Blake
20221 (BRI); Lakeland Downs, c. 24 km S of Roadhouse
on Peninsula Development Road, Oct 2009, Halford &
Petoe BGQLD0658 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Melaleuca
stenostachya subsp. amplior is endemic to
Queensland where it occurs from the islands
of the Torres Strait, south to Cooktown and
Lakeland Downs (Map 2). It inhabits hills or
sandy flats in open woodland or woodland
dominated by eucalypts, or by Melaleuca
viridiflora. It is also known from windswept
granite headlands along the east coast.
Phenology : Flowers are commonly recorded
from January to April, and there is a single
flowering record from June; fruits are
recorded from April to December.
Notes : Some Melaleuca stenostachya
specimens from southern Cape YorkPeninsula,
including Cooktown, Mount Carbine and
Lakeland Downs, are intermediate in their
leaf width and fruit diameter, and are difficult
to assign to either subspecies.
The type specimen of Melaleuca
stenostachyavar.pendula Byrnes is referrable
to M. saligna Schauer. The form of M. saligna
from northern Cape York Peninsula is very
similar to M. stenostachya subsp. amplior in
leaf size and shape, inflorescence diameter,
and sometimes inflorescence length, but they
differ markedly in the indumentum of the
inflorescence rachis and hypanthium; in M.
saligna the hairs are short and erect, while in
M. stenostachya they are long and appressed.
The distribution map for Melaleuca
stenostachya in Brophy et al. (2013) shows two
occurrences in southern New Guinea. It is not
known if these records are specimen-based;
certainly there are no New Guinea records
on the Australasian Virtual Herbarium
652
(AVH 2019), nor are there any New Guinea
specimens at BRI, or at CANB (B. Lepschi
pers. comm. March 2019).
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012). Melaleuca stenostachya subsp. amplior
is widespread and relatively common.
Etymology : The epithet is from the Latin
amplior meaning ‘larger’. This is given in
reference to the leaves that are usually both
longer and broader than in M. stenostachya
subsp. stenostachya.
Melaleuca nervosa (Lindl.) Cheel, J.
Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 78: 65
(1944); Callistemon nervosum Lindl., in
Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia 235
(1848); M. leucadendron var. ? parvifolia
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 143 (1867), pro
parte; M. leucadendra var. nervosa (Lindl.)
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 457 (1928). Type:
Queensland. Balmy Creek, July 1846, T.
Mitchell 241 (holo: CGE, n.v.\ iso: BRI
(fragm.), MEL 602745, MEL 602746, NSW
(fragm.)).
Melaleuca nervosa (Lindl.) Cheel subsp.
nervosa, Craven in I. Southwell & R. Lowe
(ed.) Behind the names: the botany of tea
tree, cajuput and niaouli. Tea tree: the genus
Melaleuca : 23 (1999).
M. nervosa f. latifolia Byrnes, Austrobaileya
2: 74 (1984). Type: Northern Territory. About
SE of Brock’s Creek, 6 July 1946, S.T. Blake
16344 (holo: BRI).
Leaves 45-83 mm long, 7-44 mm wide, 1.7-
6.3 times longer than wide, with a dense cover
of crisped hairs, and sometimes scattered
antrorse to patent straight silky hairs on
young leaves, mature leaves persistently hairy
or glabrescent.
Additional selected specimens examined : Papua
New Guinea. Tarara, Wassi Kussa River, Dec 1936,
Brass 8407 (BRI); Morehead - Arufi road, Morehead
subdistrict, Nov 1972, Henty & Foreman NGF49420
(BRI, CANB, L). Western Australia. 10 miles [16 km]
along track from main road to Mt Elizabeth Station, Jul
1973, Aplin 5647 (BRI, PERTH); 12 miles [19 km] NE
of Kalumburu Mission, Sep 1954, Lazarides & Speck
4895 (BRI, CANB). Northern Territory. 37 miles [60
km] S of Oenpelli, Jul 1972, Adams 2792 (BRI, CANB,
K); Darwin area, Jul 1973, Dunlop 3180 (BRI, CANB,
DNA, NSW); Maude Creek, Jul/Aug 1911, Spencer s.n.
Austrobaileya 10(4): 645-655 (2020)
(BRI [AQ43237]); 21 km W of Nimbuwah Rock, Jun
1972, Symon 7969 (AD, BRI, CANB, K); 15 miles [24
km] NNE of Maranboy, Sep 1961, Speck 1626 (BRI,
CANB); near Margaret River, Sep 1946, Blake 17082
(BRI, PE). Queensland. Cook District: Lotus Bird
Lodge, Violetvale Station, Jul 2000, Wannan 1897 (BRI,
CANB); Kings Plains Station, entrance road, Nov 2016,
McDonald KRM18881 (BRI, CANB). Burke District:
187 km NW of Burketown on Woologorang Station,
May 2008, Thompson MORN123 & Wilson (BRI);
Croydon, Jul 1954, Blake 19564 (BRI); S of Croydon, on
Mittagong Station, Jun 1999, FoxIDF261 (BRI). North
Kennedy District: c. 20 km W of Greenvale towards
Lynd Junction, May 1992, Doust 281 & Brown (BRI,
NSW). South Kennedy District: 21.6 kmN of Mirtna
Homestead, May 1991, Neldner 3111 & Thompson
(BRI). Mitchell District: Prairie, May 1936, Blake
11587 (BRI). Leichhardt District: 29.1 km S of
Emerald, Aug 1961, Coaldrake OB213 (BRI). Port
Curtis District: Kassman Drive NNE of Rosedale, Jun
1995, Bean 8700 (BRI). Wide Bay District: 10.6 km S
of Bundaberg, May 1972, Chopping M72-1 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Melaleuca nervosa
subsp. nervosa occurs in the northern
Kimberley region of Western Australia,
the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory,
adjacent to the Gulf of Carpentaria, and the
eastern half of Queensland, as far south as
Bundaberg. It is also present in the Western
Province of Papua New Guinea (Map 3). It
is commonly an understorey tree in eucalypt
or Melaleuca woodland in areas that are
inundated seasonally. The soils are generally
sandy. Near the coast, it may inhabit quite
steep hills and ridges.
Notes: Melaleuca nervosa subsp. nervosa
intergrades with M. nerovsa subsp.
crosslandiana in the Aramac - Muttaburra
area, the Croydon area and perhaps elsewhere.
Melaleuca nervosa subsp. crosslandiana
(W.Fitzg.) Barlow ex Craven, Behind the
names: the botany of tea tree, cajuput and
niaouli. Tea tree: the genus Melaleuca :
23 (1999); M. crosslandiana W.Fitzg., The
Western Mail (Perth) 21 (1066): 10,25 (1906);
M. leucadendra f. crosslandiana (W.Fitzg.)
Cheel in Ewart & Davies, FI. Northern Terr.
298 (1917). Type: Western Australia. Base
of Mt Harris, June 1905, W. Fitzgerald 1116
(lecto: NSW, fide Blake 1968: 43; isolecto:
BRI, NSW).
Bean, Melaleuca leucadendra group
Leaves 45-85 mm long, 5.5-19 mm wide,
4.1-97 times longer than wide, with appressed
straight silky hairs on young leaves, mature
leaves generally glabrous.
Additional selected specimens examined : Western
Australia. 3 miles [5 km] E of Broome, Jul 1966, Moore
80 (BRI); Beagle Bay Mission, Kimberleys, Sep 1959,
Lazarides 6560 (BRI, CANB); 5 miles [8 km] SE of
Gordon Downs Station, Jul 1949, Perry 2467 (BRI,
CANB); Salt Creek, c. 14 km N of Sandfire Roadhouse,
then 27 km due E of Great Northern Highway, Jun
1981, Kenneally 7575 (BRI, PERTH); 6 miles [10 km]
SE of Blina Station, Kimberleys, Apr 1960, Lazarides
6511 (BRI, CANB); New Cockatoo sand site, CSIRO
Kununurra, Jul 1978, Andrew 46 (BRI, DNA). Northern
Territory. 16 miles [26 km] N of Helen Springs Station,
Aug 1948, Perry 1900 (BRI, CANB); 8 miles [13 km]
N of Renners Springs, Jul 1956, Forde 244 (BRI); near
Tennant Creek, Jun 1946, Blake 15986 (BRI); 35 miles
[56 km] SSE of Victoria River Downs, Jun 1949, Perry
2145 (BRI, CANB); 88.4 miles [142.2 km] N of Top
Springs Store, Oct 1957, Chippendale 3877 (BRI, NT);
Bunda Station, Jun 1994, Egan 4149 (BRI, DNA, MEL);
21 miles [34 km] ENE of Tipperary Homestead, Jul 1961,
Lazarides 6692 (BRI, CANB). Queensland. Burke
District: Hells Gate roadhouse, in camping ground,
Jun 2006, Thompson WES787 & Hogan (BRI); 45 km
W of Normanton on Armstrong Creek, May 1970, Webb
& Tracey 13518 (BRI); Just S of Vena Park on track to
Iffiey, Jul 1999, Fox 1DF528 (BRI); c. 5 km NE of Solway
Downs Homestead, c. 90 km directly NW of Richmond,
Nov 1999, Johnson & Turpin s.n. (BRI [AQ745942]);
17 km NW of Gunpowder on Bar Creek Station, May
2006, Booth 4503 & Kelman (BRI, NSW); Wattle
Paddock, ‘Middle Park’, N of Richmond, Jun 1999,
Bean 14998 (BRI). Gregory North District: Wills
River, N of Boulia, May 2006, Johnson & Edginton s.n.
(BRI [AQ742392]); Mort River crossing, 5 km ENE of
Digby Peaks, Sep 1977, Purdie 1043 (BRI). Mitchell
District: N of Muttaburra, Aug 1994, Fensham 1816
(BRI); 38 miles [61 km] S of Corinda, Jun 1949, Everist
3877 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Melaleuca nervosa
subsp. crosslandiana has a wide distribution
from Broome, Western Australia to Aramac,
Queensland. It extends north to Douglas,
Northern Territory, and south almost to Boulia
in Queensland (Map 3). It inhabits sandy flats
or hillsides, or in the driest parts of its range,
watercourses. The associated species are
generally small eucalypts (Eucalyptus spp. or
Corymbia spp.).
Notes : Blake (1968) included Melaleuca
crosslandiana W.Fitzg., described from the
Kimberley region of Western Australia, as
a synonym of M. nervosa (Lindl.) Cheek
Then, in a valuable paper on the indumentum
653
patterns of the M leucadendra group, Barlow
& Forrester (1984) showed that M. nervosa
was divisible into two geographical races
based on the indumentum morphology of the
leaves, and that the race from the more arid
regions included the type of M. crosslandiana.
Barlow proposed these races as subspecies
(determinavit slips dated 1984). Craven (1999)
subsequently made the necessary combination,
but in his key he separated the two subspecies
using leaf width, leaf shape and persistence
of the leaf indumentum. None of these
characters was suggested by previous workers
as being significant, while the very useful
and consistent indumentum morphology
difference was ignored. Craven & Cowie
(2013) again relegated M. crosslandiana to
synonymy with M. nervosa , saying that there
is “too great an overlap in morphological
features to warrant the continued recognition
of M. crosslandiana at any rank”. They
stated that both M. crosslandiana and M
nervosa “have lanuginulose hairs on the
branchlets and leaves”. This is incorrect. The
crisped (or lanuginulose) hairs are lacking
in crosslandiana. They also stated that “the
only non-overlapping feature that serves to
distinguish M. crosslandiana from M nervosa
apparently is the occurrence of appressed hairs
on the branchlets and leaves in the former
species, and even this is not constant with
spreading-ascending hairs also occurring”.
This I also believe to be incorrect - it is M
nervosa sens. str. that can have spreading-
ascending hairs, especially in specimens from
the Top End of the Northern Territory, while
M crosslandiana has consistently appressed
straight hairs. Hence the separation between
M. nervosa subsp. crosslandiana (leaves with
appressed straight silky hairs) and M. nervosa
subsp. nervosa (leaves with strongly crisped
hairs, with or without spreading straight hairs)
is straight forward and consistent, except for
some minor intergradation at the geographical
junction. Subspecies rank for crosslandiana
is here considered eminently suitable.
Acknowledgements
I thank Nicole Crosswell for the illustrations.
654
References
Avh (2019). The Australasian Virtual Herbarium.
Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria.
http://avh.chah.org.au, accessed 26 March 2019.
Barlow, B.A. & Forrester, J. (1984). Variation in
indumentum morphology in the Melaleuca
leucadendra complex (Myrtaceae). Brunonia
7: 277-288.
Blake, S.T. (1968). A revision of Melaleuca
leucadendron and its allies (Myrtaceae).
Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium
No. 1: 1-114.
Brophy, J.J., Craven, L A. & Doran, J.C. (2013).
Melaleucas, their Botany, Essential Oils and
Uses. ACAIR Monograph No. 156. Australian
Centre for International Agricultural Research:
Canberra.
Byrnes, N.B. (1984). A revision of Melaleuca L.
(Myrtaceae) in northern and eastern Australia,
1. Austrobaileya 2: 65-76.
-(1985). A revision of Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) in
northern and eastern Australia, 2. Austrobaileya
2:131-146.
Austrobaileya 10(4): 645-655 (2020)
-(1986). A revision of Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) in
northern and eastern Australia, 3. Austrobaileya
2: 254-273.
Craven, L.A. (1999). Behind the names: the botany of
tea tree, cajuput and niaouli. In I. Southwell &
R. Lowe (eds.). Tea tree: the genus Melaleuca ,
pp. 11-28. Harwood Academic: Amsterdam.
Craven, L.A. & Barlow, B. (1997). New taxa and new
combinations in Melaleuca (Myrtaceae). Novon
7: 113-119.
Craven, L.A. & Cowie, I.D. (2013). Taxonomic notes
on the broad-leaved paperbarks (Myrtaceae,
Melaleuca ), including the description of one
new species from northern Australia and a key
to all taxa. Blumea 57: 207-209.
Iucn (2012). 1UCN Red List Categories and Criteria,
version 3.1 , 2 nd ed. IUCN: Gland, https://portals.
iucn.org/library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-
001-2nd.pdf, accessed 11 July 2019.
Keybase (2019). Flowering plants of Queensland:
Species of Melaleuca, https://keybase.rbg.vic.
gov.au/keys/show/6451, accessed 23 March
2019.
Map 1 . Distribution of Melaleuca oblivia.
Bean, Melaleuca leucadendra group
655
Map 2. Distribution of Melaleuca stenostachya subsp. stenostachya • and M. stenostachya subsp. amplior ▲.
Map 3. Distribution of Melaleuca nervosa subsp. nervosa ■ and M. nervosa subsp. crosslandiana A.
A taxonomic revision of Olearia elliptica DC. (Asteraceae:
Astereae) with the description of two new species O. fulgens
A.R.Bean and O. praetermissa (P.S.Green) A.R.Bean
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2020). A taxonomic revision of Olearia elliptica DC. (Asteraceae: Astereae) with the
description of two new species O. fulgens A.R.Bean and O. praetermissa (P.S.Green) A.R.Bean.
Austrobaileya 10(4): 656-662. The broadly circumscribed Olearia elliptica DC. is taxonomically
revised and two new species O. fulgens A.R.Bean sp. nov., and O. praetermissa (P.S.Green) A.R.Bean
comb, et stat. nov. are recognised. All three species are fully described with an identification key and
a distribution map provided. A lectotype is chosen for Olearia elliptica.
Key Words: Asteraceae; Olearia ; Olearia elliptica ; Olearia fulgens ; Olearia praetermissa., Australia
flora; Queensland flora; New South Wales flora; new species; taxonomy; identification key
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Mt Coot-tha Road,
Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.au
Introduction
Olearia Moench is the largest genus of
Asteraceae in Australia, with around 130
species (Lander 1992). Recent taxonomic
and phylogenetic papers (Cross et al. 2002;
Messina et al. 2013, 2014; Walsh 2014;
Messina & Walsh 2019) have contributed to
our knowledge of Olearia , but have also shown
that further research is required to properly
understand and elucidate the taxonomy and
phylogeny of the genus.
Olearia elliptica DC. was originally
described by Augustin de Candolle from a
specimen collected by Allan Cunningham
in the Illawarra region, south of Sydney.
The current circumscription of O. elliptica
(following the determinavit slips of N. Lander)
is a broad one, encompassing all Olearia
taxa from New South Wales (including Lord
Howe Island) and Queensland with petiolate,
alternate, viscid leaves.
It has long been recognised that two
distinct forms of O. elliptica occur on the
mainland (Stanley & Ross 1986; Harden et
al. 2006; Leiper et al. 2017). In addition, an
Accepted for publication 28 January 2020
Olearia taxon from Lord Howe Island has
been described as a subspecies of O. elliptica.
The two mainland forms can be separated
readily in the herbarium merely by leaf size
and shape, as well as glossiness and petiole
length, but there are several other differences
as outlined below. The two forms also occupy
different habitats; one (O. elliptica sens, str)
grows in more easterly areas with higher
rainfall; the second form grows in more
westerly localities that receive lower rainfall.
These two ‘forms’ are regarded as being
specifically distinct, with the more westerly
taxon here described as O. fulgens A.R.Bean
sp. nov. The two species are allopatric except
possibly in the Hunter Valley.
Olearia elliptica subsp. praetermissa
RS.Green, described from Lord Howe Island,
differs from O. elliptica sens. str. in several
morphological characters, and is here raised
to species rank.
Materials and methods
This paper is based on a study of herbarium
specimens held at BRI, CANB and MEL,
and images of specimens at G, K and NSW,
indicated as i.d.v. (imago digitalis visa).
Specimens at NSW were not available for loan
when this paper was prepared.
657
Bean, Olearia elliptica
Measurements were taken from dried
material, except for individual florets, where
they were taken from material preserved in
spirit or reconstituted with boiling water.
Dimensions are inclusive, viz. 1—1.7 indicates
1.0-1.7.
The distribution map was prepared using
Diva 7.5.0 software. In the specimen citations,
National Park is abbreviated as ‘NP’, and
State Forest as e SF\
Taxonomy
Olearia elliptica DC., Prodr. [A. P. de
Candolle] 5: 271 (1836); Olearia elliptica
subsp. elliptica , P.S.Green, Kew Bull. 48: 311
(1993). Type: New South Wales. Illawarra,
[October-November 1818], A. Cunningham
27 (lecto: G 00494308 i.d.v. [designated here];
isolecto: K 000838958 i.d.v.).
Aster ellipticus DC., Prodr. [A. P. de
Candolle] 5: 271 (1836), nom. inval.,pro syn.
Eurybia illita F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 16 (1858);
Aster illitus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5:
76 (1865). Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Mt Lindesay, s.dat., W. Hill s.n.
(syn: K 000838960 i.d.v.; syn: K 000838961
i.d.v).
Olearia illita F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 76 (1865),
nom. inval., pro syn.
Illustration : Leiper etal. (2017: 478).
Bushy shrub to 2 m high. Stems terete, but
with several longitudinal ridges; glabrous, but
with many viscid glands. Leaves alternate,
petioles 10-17 mm long, not or obscurely
decurrent; lamina elliptic to ovate, 65-113 x
19-37 mm (2.5-3.5 times longer than broad),
markedly discolorous, viscid glands abundant
on both surfaces, the exudate usually covering
only part of the surface, giving a somewhat
shiny, blotchy appearance; apex acute;
margins entire or rarely toothed; venation
faintly visible on upper surface, readily
visible below, penninerved, with 5-7 pairs of
lateral veins raised from the surface. Capitula
terminal, in corymbose clusters of 10-30,
pedunculate, radiate, 6-9 mm long, 7.5-9.5
mm diameter. Peduncles (2-)12-23 mm long,
often with a few small bracts along their
length. Involucral bracts 18-25, graduated in
length, 3-4-seriate, outer surface with short
hairs, viscid or not viscid; margins entire,
scarious, apex obtuse; outer bracts ovate to
elliptic, 1.4—3 x 0.7-0.9 mm, inner bracts
rectangular to elliptic, 3.6-4.5 x 1-1.1 mm.
Receptacle convex, 1.5-2.5 mm across, with
short irregular projections between the floret
scars. Ray florets 8-20, uniseriate, female,
corolla tube 2.2-3.4 mm long, with sparse
antrorse hairs; ligule 5-9 mm long, white
to lilac, apex minutely 3-lobed; stylar arms
lanceolate, 1.1-1.4 mm long. Disc florets
9-25, bisexual, yellow, corolla tube 3.2-4 mm
long, with a few small antrorse eglandular
hairs; corolla lobes 5, 1-1.5 mm long, acute,
outer surface glabrous; anthers c. 1.5 mm
long, not caudate. Achenes forming from
both disc and ray florets, cylindrical, slightly
dorsi-ventrally flattened, 2.6-3.2 mm long,
with 4 or 5 prominent longitudinal ribs and
sparse antrorse eglandular hairs throughout,
carpopodium small, white, slightly oblique.
Pappus comprising 20-30 white or straw-
coloured barbellate bristles all equal in length,
4.5-4.9 mm long, barbellae < 0.05 mm long,
and occasionally with 3-7 short bristles (0.3-
0.4 mm long) in an outer whorl, thinner than
the inner whorl. Sticky daisy-bush.
Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.
Moreton District: Bithongabel Lookout, Lamington
NP, Dec 1960, Smith 11286 (BRI); Wagawn, Aug 1960,
Blake 21361A (BRI); National Park, Macpherson Range,
Jan 1919, White s.n. (BRI [AQ249690]); Springbrook,
Dec 1969, Smith s.n. (BRI [AQ410828]); Mt Merino
summit, Lamington NP, Jan 1995, Forster PIF16070
& Leiper (BRI, MEL); Mt Lindesay, Nov 1990, Forster
PIF7556 (BRI, MEL, PERTH); Best of All Lookout,
Springbrook, Nov 1976, McDonald 1701 & Batianojf
(BRI). New South Wales. Northern Tablelands:
Double head, Carrai Plateau, Sep 1980, s.coll. (CANB
00502632); Point Lookout, New England NP, Nov 1997,
Donaldson 1811 (CANB); Apsley Falls, SE of Walcha,
Dec 1970, Telford 2726 (CANB). North Coast: Whian
Whian, Oct 1964, Jones 2893 (CANB); Whian Whian
SF, Jul 1956, Webb & Tracey 15 (BRI); Tyalgum Ridge,
Macpherson Range, c. 25 km WNW of Murwillumbah,
Dec 1977, Haegi 1528 (BRI, NSW). Central Coast:
Cessnock - Broke Road, W of Tyrrells Vineyard, Mar
2010, Purdie 7651 (CANB, NSW); Budderoo NP, N
of Minnamurra Falls, c. 2 km E of Knight’s Hill, Oct
1993, Gilmour 7506 (CANB, MEL); Yengo NP, access
through ‘Darrowby’, c. 3.5 km W of Broke on the road
to Milbrodale, Mar 1991, Palmer 337 (CANB). Central
Tablelands: Blue Mountains NP, Wentworth Falls,
Princes Rock lookout, Oct 2011, Schmidt-Lebuhn 1249
658
(CANB); Fitzroy Falls, along walking track to fall from
visitor centre, Oct 1996, Errington 556 (NSW). South
Coast: Jervis Bay, Aug 1968, Groot Oblink s.n. (CANB
cbgl 5227.1).
Distribution and habitat : Olearia elliptica
occurs from the Lamington National Park,
Queensland to Jervis Bay, New South Wales
(Map 1). It grows in Eucalyptus-dominated
open forest or rainforest edges where the
annual rainfall exceeds 1000 mm. Altitude
varies from near sea level at the southern end
of its range to 1150 metres at the Queensland
- New South Wales border.
Phenology : The majority of flowering and
fruiting specimens were collected from
October-December. A few fertile specimens
have been collected in August, and from
January-April.
Notes : A few specimens from the Hunter
Valley of New South Wales are somewhat
intermediate between Olearia elliptica and
O.fulgens, and it is possible that some genetic
interchange is occurring in that area.
Olearia fulgens A.R.Bean sp. nov. with
affinity to O. elliptica but differing by the
narrower, more glossy leaves, with the
lateral veins not raised, the shorter achenes,
the shorter corolla lobes on the disc florets,
and the presence of tiny hairs on the corolla
lobes of the disc florets. Typus: Queensland.
Darling Downs District: State Forest 595,
Talgai, Mount Gammie North, 9 January
1993, D. Halford Q1630 (holo: BRI; iso: MEL,
NSW).
Illustration : Leiper et al. (2017: 186) [as O.
elliptica].
Bushy shrub to 2.5 m high. Stems terete, but
with several longitudinal ribs; glabrous, but
with many viscid glands. Leaves alternate,
petioles 5-10 mm long, not decurrent; lamina
narrowly elliptic to lanceolate, 43-88 x 10-21
mm (3.6-5.5 times longer than broad), slightly
to markedly discolorous, viscid glands
abundant on both surfaces, the exudate often
covering the entire surface, giving a shiny,
varnished appearance, or covering only part of
the surface, giving a blotchy appearance; apex
acute to acuminate; margins entire; venation
not visible on upper surface, but faintly
Austrobaileya 10(4): 656-662 (2020)
visible below, penninerved, with 4-6 pairs
of lateral veins not raised from the surface.
Capitula terminal, in corymbose clusters of
7-25, pedunculate, radiate, 6-7.5 mm long,
7-9 mm diameter. Peduncles 5-14 mm long,
often with a few small bracts along their
length. Involucral bracts 18-25, graduated in
length, 3-4-seriate, outer surface glabrous,
often viscid; margins entire, scarious, apex
obtuse to acute; outer bracts ovate to elliptic,
1.1- 1.8 x 0.5-0.7 mm, inner bracts elliptic,
2.6-3.6 x 0.8-0.9 mm. Receptacle convex,
1.2- 2 mm across, with short irregular
projections between the floret scars. Ray
florets 6-14, uniseriate, female, corolla tube
2.1-2.7 mm long, with sparse antrorse hairs;
ligule 4.5-6 mm long, white, apex minutely
3-lobed; stylar arms filiform, 1.1-1.5 mm
long. Disc florets 8-14, bisexual, yellow,
corolla tube 3.8-4.3 mm long, with a few
small antrorse eglandular hairs; corolla lobes
5, 0.7-1.1 mm long, acute, outer surface with
a few small eglandular hairs; anthers c. 1.5
mm long, not caudate. Achenes forming from
both disc and ray florets, cylindrical, slightly
dor si-ventral ly flattened, 2.1-2.7 mm long,
with 4 or 5 prominent longitudinal ribs and
sparse antrorse eglandular hairs throughout,
carpopodium small, white, slightly oblique.
Pappus comprising a single whorl of 25-35
white or straw-coloured barbellate bristles all
equal in length, 3.3-4.8 mm long, barbellae <
0.05 mm long. Peach-leaved daisy-bush. Fig.
1
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Leichhardt District: Carnarvon NP, Buckland
Tableland section, via Tanderra, SW of Springsure,
Aug 2004, Eddie Lot 6 & McDonald (BRI). Burnett
District: c. 4 km SSW of Elgin Vale, Jan 1991, Pedley
5591 (BRI, K, MEL). Warrego District: Near
Caldervale - Kyber Road, SE of Tambo, May 2010,
Bean 29830 (BRI). Maranoa District: ‘Oakwells’,
W of Injune, Jan 2008, Eddie BC027 & Cosh (BRI);
‘Andromeda’, c. 25 km NNE of Mungallala, Mar 2015,
Mathieson MTM2001 (BRI); Mt Mobil section of
Chesterton Range NP, Sep 1995, Bean 8970 & Grim show
(BRI). Darling Downs District: c. 35 km E of Texas,
Jan 1973, Pedley 4062 (BRI); Gowrie, s.dat., Bailey
s.n. (BRI [AQ249686]); W of Kogan on Condamine
Highway, Aug 1951, Webb s.n. (BRI [AQ249676]);
Forest Lookout, Jack Creek, 17 miles [c. 28 km] WNW
of Millmerran, Aug 1969, Ward WW83 (BRI); 3 km W
of Gladfield, Jun 1986, Forster P1F2469 et al. (BRI,
NSW); Mt Bullaganang, Mar 1994, Forster PIF15054
(BRI, MEL); Durakai SF, Dec 1999, Thompson WAR16
Bean, Olearia elliptica
659
Fig. 1 . Olearia fulgens. A. flowering branchlet *3. B. leaves xl. C. ray floret xio. D. disc floret xl5. E. apex of disc
corolla before anthesis x40. F. achene and pappus xio. A,C,E from Thompson WAR16 & Weatherhead (BRI); B
from Ward WW83 (BRI); D from Bean 11627 (BRI); F from Eddie BC027 & Cosh (BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm at xl
magnification. Del. N. Crosswell.
660
& Weatherhead (BRI); c. 12 km S of Dunmore Forest
Station, via Cecil Plains, Jan 1997, Bean 11627 (BRI);
Pincotts Road between Mt Colliery and Gambubal, Jan
2012, Forster P1F38542 & Leiper (BRI, NSW, US);
between Karara and Cobba-da-mana, May 1936, Everist
& White 3 (BRI). Moreton District: Bidwillii Logging
Area, SF 283, NNE of Blackbutt, Nov 2005, Bean 24475
(BRI). New South Wales. North West Slopes: ‘Cuff-
n-Collar’, 11 km WNW of Warialda, S of Mosquito
Creek Road, Mar 2011, Forster PIF37867 & Hodge
(BRI, NE); Munro SF, on Bingara - Copeton Dam Road,
35 km SE of Bingara, Jan 2005, Orchard 7394 (BRI,
CANB, MEL); Warrumbungle NP car park, Jun 1986,
Clarke s.n. (BRI [AQ493639]). Northern Tablelands:
Kildare Road, 0.1 km S of Bruxner Highway, NW of
Tenterfield, Apr 2004, Bean 21898 (BRI, MEL, NSW);
7.8 km SW of Tenterfield, Feb 2006, Bean 24674 (BRI,
NSW); c. 8 km along the road from Kingstown towards
Uralla, Mar 1997, Lyne 2160 (BRI, CANB, NSW,
PERTH). Central West Slopes: 14 km S of Bundella -
Bomera Road on Pandora’s Pass Road, Liverpool Range,
Feb 2004, Orchard 7206 (CANB); Coorangooree Trig, 8
km from Stuart Town, Sep 1966, Phillips 121 (CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Olearia fulgens
occurs from near Tambo and Springsure in
Queensland, to Stuart Town and Capertee
Valley in New South Wales (Map 1). It
grows in Eucalyptus - Callitris woodland on
hillsides and ridges with infertile soil, where
the annual rainfall is 600-800 mm.
Phenology : Most flowering and fruiting
specimens were collected from December to
April, while a few were collected in May and
June.
Affinities : Olearia fulgens differs from O.
elliptica by its narrowly elliptic to lanceolate
leaves, 3.6-5.5 times longer than broad
(versus elliptic to ovate, 2.5-3.5 times longer
than broad for O. elliptica ); the lateral veins
not raised (and obscure) on the lower leaf
surface (versus lateral veins raised and
prominent on lower leaf surface for O.
elliptica ); petioles 5-10 mm long (10-17 mm
long for O. elliptica ); the glabrous involucral
bracts (versus involucral bracts sparsely hairy
at distal end for O. elliptica ); the presence of
tiny hairs on the corolla lobes (outer surface)
of the disc florets (versus glabrous lobes for
O. elliptica ); the corolla lobes of the disc
florets 0.7-1.1 mm long (1-1.5 mm long for O.
elliptica ); and the achenes 2.1-2.7 mm long
(2.6-3.2 mm long for O. elliptica).
Austrobaileya 10(4): 656-662 (2020)
Etymology : From the Latin fulgens , meaning
‘gleaming, shining’. This is in reference to the
very shiny leaves possessed by this species.
Notes : Olearia fulgens flowers mainly in the
summer and autumn months, whereas O.
elliptica is predominantly a spring-flowering
species.
Olearia praetermissa (P.S.Green) A.R.Bean
comb, et stat. nov.; O. elliptica subsp.
praetermissa P.S.Green, Kew Bull. 48: 311
(1993). Type: New South Wales. Lord Howe
Island, 25 March 1971, A.N. Rodd 1771 (holo:
K 000838957 i.d.v.; iso: NSW n.v).
Bushy shrub 0.25-1 mhigh. Stems with several
longitudinal ridges; glabrous, but with some
viscid glands. Leaves alternate, petioles 4-13
mm long, not decurrent; lamina oblanceolate
to obovate, 24-53 x 9.5-17 mm (2.3-3.9
times longer than broad), slightly discolorous,
viscid glands present on both surfaces, the
exudate usually covering only part of the
surface, giving a somewhat shiny, blotchy
appearance; apex obtuse or acute; margins
entire; venation not visible on upper surface,
and faintly visible below, penninerved, with
2-4 pairs of lateral veins not raised from the
surface. Capitula terminal, in corymbose
clusters of 4—15, pedunculate, radiate, 6-7
mm long, 7-9 mm diameter. Peduncles 5-12
mm long, with several small bracts along their
length. Involucral bracts 20-30, graduated in
length, 2 or 3-seriate, outer surface glabrous
or with short hairs, viscid; margins entire,
scarious, apex acute; outer bracts ovate to
deflate, 1.2-2.2 x 0.6-0.8 mm, inner bracts
rectangular to lanceolate, 3.2-3.6 x 0.7-1.1
mm. Receptacle flat to convex, 2-2.3 mm
across, with short irregular projections
between the floret scars. Ray florets 15-20,
uniseriate, female, corolla tube 2.2-2.4 mm
long, with sparse antrorse hairs; ligule 2.2-
2.6 mm long, white, apex minutely 3-lobed;
stylar arms lanceolate, 0.7-0.8 mm long. Disc
florets 13-16, bisexual, yellow, corolla tube
2.5-3.3 mm long, with a few small antrorse
eglandular hairs; corolla lobes 5, 0.7-0.9 mm
661
Bean, Olearia elliptica
long, acute, outer surface glabrous; anthers c.
1.2 mm long, not caudate. Achenes forming
from both disc and ray florets, cylindrical,
slightly dorsi-ventrally flattened, 1.6-1.8
mm long, with 4 or 5 prominent longitudinal
ribs and sparse antrorse eglandular hairs
throughout, carpopodium small, white,
slightly oblique. Pappus comprising an inner
whorl of 15-20 pale brown or straw-coloured
barbellate bristles all equal in length, 2.3-3
mm long, barbellae < 0.05 mm long, and an
outer whorl of 7-15 white bristles 0.4-0.5 mm
long, thicker than the inner whorl.
Additional specimens examined: New South Wales.
Near the Goathouse, NE slope of Mt Lidgbird, Lord
Howe Island, Nov 1963, Hoogland 8817 (CANB); S
of Goat House cave. Lord Howe Island, Apr 1996,
Crawford 3819 (CANB); Goathouse, Mt Lidgbird, Lord
Howe Island, Oct 1984, Hutton 213 (CANB); cliff below
Grey face, Mt Lidgbird, Lord Howe Island, Nov 1983,
Hutton 61 (CANB); below the Nobbin, Mt Lidgbird,
Lord Howe Island, Jun 1991, Hutton 656 (CANB); Goat
House, N slope of Mt Lidgbird, Lord Howe Island, Oct
1978, Crisp 4520 & Telford (CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Olearia
praetermissa is endemic to Mt Lidgbird on
Lord Howe Island (Map 1). It grows in basalt
crevices on steep hillsides in open shrubland.
Phenology : Flowering or fruiting specimens
have been collected in the months of April,
June, October and November.
Affinities: Olearia praetermissa is similar
to O. elliptica , but differs by the obovate to
oblanceolate leaves (elliptic to ovate for O.
elliptica ); the consistent presence of two
whorls of pappus bristles (usually one whorl
only in O. elliptica ); the ligules 2.2-2.6 mm
long (5-9 mm long for O. elliptica ); and the
achenes 1.6-1.8 mm long (2.6-3.2 mm long
for O. elliptica).
Notes : In a molecular study, Cross etal. (2002)
sampled both Olearia elliptica s. str. and O.
elliptica subsp. praetermissa , and found little
support for a sister relationship between these
taxa, despite their similar morphology.
Key to the species allied to Olearia elliptica
1 Leaves obovate to oblanceolate; ray florets with ligules 2.2-2.6 mm long;
achenes 1.6-1.8 mm long; pappus in two whorls.O. praetermissa
1. Leaves elliptical to ovate; ray florets with ligules 4.5-9 mm long; achenes
2.1-3.2 mm long; pappus usually in one whorl.2
2 Leaves 3.6-5.5 times longer than wide; petioles 5-10 mm long;
involucral bracts glabrous; corolla lobes of disc florets with tiny hairs.O. fulgens
2. Leaves 2.5-3.5 times longer than wide; petioles 10-17 mm long; involucral
bracts sparsely hairy at distal end; corolla lobes of disc florets glabrous . . . O. elliptica
Lander, N.S. (1992). Olearia. InG.J. Harden(ed ), Flora
of New South Wales 3: 185-197. University of
New South Wales Press: Kensington.
Leiper, G., Glazebrook, J., Cox, D. & Rathie, K.
(2017). Mangroves to Mountains, 2 nd edition.
Logan River Branch, Society for Growing
Australian Plants (Qld Region) Inc.: Browns
Plains.
Messina, A. & Walsh, N.G. (2019). Reinstating Olearia
stricta (Asteraceae) for an uncommon shrub
from montane regions of SE Australia, and
notes on O. ramulosa. Muelleria 37: 109-117.
Messina, A., Walsh, N.G., Hoebee, S.E. & Green,
PT. (2013). A morphological assessment of the
Olearia phlogopappa complex (Asteraceae:
Astereae). Australian Systematic Botany 26:
31-80.
Acknowledgements
I thank the Directors of CANB and MEL for
the loan of specimens, and Nicole Crosswell
for the illustrations.
References
Cross, E.W., Quinn, C.J. & Wagstaff, S.J. (2002).
Molecular evidence for the poly phyly of Olearia
(Astereae: Asteraceae). Plant Systematics and
Evolution 235: 99-120.
Harden, G.J., McDonald, W.J.F. & Williams, J.B.
(2006). Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field
guide to their identification in Victoria, New
South Wales and subtropical Queensland using
vegetative features. Gwen Harden Publishing:
Nambucca Heads.
662
Messina, A., Walsh, N.G., Hoebee, S.E. & Green,
P.T. (2014). A revision of Olearia section
Asterotriche (Asteraceae: Astereae). Australian
Systematic Botany 27: 199-240.
Stanley, T.D. & Ross, E.M. (1986). Flora of South¬
eastern Queensland, Volume 2. Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
Austrobaileya 10(4): 656-662 (2020)
Walsh, N.G. (2014). Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae:
Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia ,
O. adenophora and description of a new species
endemic to eastern Victoria. Muelleria 32:
34-38.
Map 1 . Distribution of Olearia spp. O. elliptica •; O.fulgens A, O. praetermissa ■
663
Austrobaileya 10(4): 663-664 (2020)
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Lectotypification of three species names of
Australian Alpinia Roxb. (Zingiberaceae)
A.R. Bean
Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt
Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.au
Rosemary M. Smith wrote a number of
taxonomic and nomenclatural papers
concerning Australian Alpinia Roxb.
species late last century (Smith 1980, 1987,
1990), and lectotypitied many of the taxon
names. However, three Australian species
names remain to be lectoty pitied. This is
accomplished here.
This study is based on an examination of
herbarium specimens at the Queensland
Herbarium (BRI), as well as high quality
images of specimens from BM, E, K and MEL
and are indicated as i.d.v. (imago digitalis
visa).
1. Alpinia arundelliana (F.M.Bailey)
K.Schum. in Engler, H.G.A., Pflanzenr.
[Engler] 20: 318 (1904); Alpinia caerulea
var. arundelliana F.M.Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensland 11: 18 (1895). Type citation:
“recently spent... a few days rambling through
the rich semi-tropic vegetation of Eumundi”.
Type: Queensland. Moreton District:
Eumundi, November 1894, F.M. Bailey & J.
Simmonds s.n. (lecto: BRI [AQ0340707] [here
designated]; isolecto: K 000928012, i.d.v.)
Notes : Two specimens of Alpinia
arundelliana collected before 1895 with the
location ‘Eumundi’ have been found, one at
BRI and the other at K. The BRI specimen is
of somewhat better quality, and is chosen here
as the lectotype.
The species epithet honours Edward
Henry Arundell (1840-1910), a prominent
early citizen of Eumundi, a town in south¬
eastern Queensland (Anon. 1911).
Accepted for publication 13 January 2020
2. Alpinia caerulea (R.Br.) Benth., FI.
Austral. 6: 265 (1873); Hellenia caerulea
R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland. 308 (1810).
Type citation: “(T. J!) v. v.”. Type: Queensland.
Port Curtis District: Port 2 Shoal water
Bay, Northumberland Islands in subumbrosis,
30 September 1802, R. Brown s.n. [Bennett
No. 5605], (lecto: BM 000990752 [here
designated], i.d.v.; isolecto: BM 000990751
[excl. piece from Hunter River] i.d.v., E
00149518, E 00149519, E 00149520, E
00149521, E 00149522, E 00149523, all
i.d.v).
Notes : In Brown’s citation, “T” refers to
tropical Australia, while “J” refers to the Port
Jackson area of New South Wales (including
the Hunter River). Most of Brown’s material
of this species is from the Northumberland
Islands group off the east coast of Queensland,
which contains the Percy Isles. A sheet at BM
collected from the Northumberland Islands on
30 September 1802, and bearing both flowers
and fruits, is here selected as the lectotype.
Brown’s diary entry for 30 September
records that he was ashore on Middle Percy
Island. He stated that his party followed a
gully with “water almost everywhere, in
some places standing in holes, in others in
small streamlets over the rocks” (Vallance
et al. 2001). It is most likely here that the
moisture-loving Alpinia caerulea was found
and collected.
3. Alpinia modesta F.Muell. ex K.Schum. in
H.G.A. Engler (ed.), Pflanzenr. [Engler] 20:
318 (1904). Type citation: “Nord-Australien:
Rockingham-Bay (Dallachy, bliihend am 15
Oktober 1867).” Type: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: Mackay River, 15
October 1867, J. Dallachy s.n. (lecto: MEL
664
Austrobaileya 10(4): 663-664 (2020)
92943 [here designated], i.d.v isolecto: BRI
[AQ0336128], K 000928013 i.d.v., MEL
92942 i.d.v).
Notes : The protologue for Alpinia modesta
specified a collection by John Dallachy made
on 15 October 1867. A good quality specimen
at MEL with these details is here selected as
the lectotype; matching specimens at BRI, K,
and MEL are considered to be isolectotypes.
The Mackay River in northern
Queensland, which flows into Rockingham
Bay and was visited by Dallachy, was
renamed the Tully River in the 1870s
(Collinson 1954).
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Anna Munro for her very
helpful suggestions and corrections.
References
Anon. (1911). Death of Mr. E.H. Arundell. Chronicle
and North Coast Advertiser , Sat 7 January
1911, p. 5. https://trove.nla.gov.au/newspaper/
article/81939324, accessed 11 November 2019.
Collinson, J.W. (1954). Rockingham Bay river
system, https://espace.library.uq.edu.au/data/
UQ_211533Zsl8378366_1954_5_2_947.pdf,
accessed 10 July 2019.
Smith, R.M. (1980). Three new species of Zingiberaceae
from Australia. Notes from the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh 38: 517-525.
-(1987). Alpinia. In A.S. George (ed.). Flora of
Australia 45: 28-34. Australian Government
Publishing Service: Canberra.
-(1990). Alpinia (Zingiberaceae): A proposed new
infrageneric classification. Edinburgh Journal
ofBotany 47: 1-75.
Vallance, T.G., Moore, D.T. & Groves, E.W. (2001).
Nature’s Investigator: The diary of Robert
Brown in Australia, 1801-1805. Australian
Biological Resources Study: Canberra.
A taxonomic revision of Olearia elliptica DC. (Asteraceae: Astereae) with the
description of two new species O.fulgens A.R.Bean and O. praetermissa
(P.S.Green) A.R.Bean
A.R. Bean . 656-662
Lectotypification of three species names of Australian Alpinia Roxb.
(Zingiberaceae)
A.R. Bean .663-664
Austrobaileya 10(4): 549-664 (2020)
Contents
Drosera buubugujin M.T.Mathieson (Droseraceae, Drosera section Prolifera
C. T.White), a spectacular new species of sundew from the Cape York
Peninsula bioregion, Queensland
M.T. Mathieson & S.L. Thompson . 549-557
Acacia lespedleyi P.I.Forst. (Mimosaceae), a new and geographically
restricted species from south-east Queensland
P.I. Forster . 558-563
A taxonomic revision of Camptacra N.T.Burb. (Asteraceae: Astereae)
A.R. Bean . 564-575
A taxonomic revision of the genus Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae: Astereae )
in New Guinea
J. Wang & A.R. Bean . 576-582
Lobelia fenshamii N.G.Walsh & Albr. and L. fontana Albr. & N.G.Walsh
(Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae ), two new species endemic to artesian
springs in central and south-western Queensland
D. E. Albrecht, N.G. Walsh, R.W. Jobson & E.B. Knox . 583-593
Denhamia megacarpa J. J.Halford & Jessup and D. peninsularis J. J.Halford
& Jessup (Celastraceae), two new species from Queensland
J.J. Halford & L.W. Jessup . 594-603
A taxonomic reassessment of Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.) Spreng. (Ericaceae)
with the description of two new species S. cognata A.R.Bean and S.
lucens A.R.Bean
A. R. Bean . 604-611
Bulbine fraseri Kunth (Asphodelaceae) reinstated and distinguished from B.
bulbosa (R.Br.) Haw. in eastern Australia
P.F. Horsfall & D.E. Albrecht .612-620
Zieria abscondita P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and geographically restricted
species from south-east Queensland
P.I. Forster . 621-627
Clarification of species boundaries within the Ptilotus royceanus Beni
(Amaranthaceae) group
T.A. Hammer, R.W. Davis & K.R. Thiele . 628-638
Endiandra inopinata B.Gray (Lauraceae), a new species from Queensland’s
Wet Tropics
B. Gray . 639-644
Taxonomic notes on the Melaleuca leucadendra (L.) L. group (Myrtaceae)
in Queensland
A.R. Bean
645-655
Editorial Committee
P.I.Forster (editor)
G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)
D.A.Halford (technical advisor)
Graphic Design
Will Smith
Desktop Publishing
Aniceta Cardoza
Austrobaileya
Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977
Vol. 10, No. 3 was published on 23 August 2019 and is available online at
https: //www. qld. gov. au/Austrobailey a
Back issues 1(1)- 8(4) are available on the JSTOR website
http://plants.jstor.org/
Austrobaileya is published once per year.
Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.
Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price
is (GST included): AUD$48.00 per issue for individuals, AUD$80.00 for institutions, including
postage.
Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is
AUD Price On Application per issue for individuals, AUD$100.00 for institutions, including
postage.
All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be
addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment
and Science (DES), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066,
Australia. Email: Paul.Forster@des.qld.gov.au
ISSN 0155-4131
© Queensland Herbarium 2020
Web site: https://www.qld.gov.au/Austrobaileya
Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research
on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,
conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.
Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or
view of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science.
Index of Papers published in Austrobaileya - Volume 10
A taxonomic revision of Pimelea section Epallage (Endl.) Benth.
(Thymelaeaceae) in Queensland
A. R. Bean .1-46
Fimbristylis buchanansis R.Booth & P.R. Sharpe and F. triloba R.Booth &
RR.Sharpe (Cyperaceae), two new species from Queensland
R. Booth & P.R. Sharpe .47-58
Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean (Laxmanniaceae),
a new species for Queensland
J. Wang & A.R. Bean .59-63
Polyalthia submontana subsp. sessiliflorus (Jessup) Jessup, a new combination
in Australian Annonaceae
L. W. Jessup .64
Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray (Orchidaceae), a new species from north
Queensland
B. Gray .65-69
Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean (Myrtaceae), a new species from western
Queensland
A.R. Bean .70-73
Cycas distans P.I.Forst. & B.Gray (Cycadaceae), a new species from southern
Cape York Peninsula, Queensland
P.I. Forster & B. Gray .74-84
Rhaphidosporaplatyphylla (S.Moore) Bremek. ex A.R.Bean (Acanthaceae),
a new combination for a species from Australia and New Guinea
A. R. Bean .85
Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray (Orchidaceae, Gastrodieae): a new
mycoheterotrophic orchid endemic to the Atherton Tableland, Queensland,
Australia
B. Gray & Y.W. Low .86-92
Oldenlandia pinifolia (Wall, ex G.Don) Kuntze (Rubiaceae), a new addition
to the flora of Australia
J.O. Westaway .93-101
Olearia bella A.R.Bean & Jobson and O. orientals A.R.Bean & Jobson
(Asteraceae: Astereae), two new species from Queensland
A.R. Bean & P.C. Jobson .102-112
Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis (Bremek. & Oberm.) Exell (Malvaceae)
in Australia
M. O. Badry, D.M. Crayn 8cJ.A. Tate .113-120
Gymnogaster boletoides J.W.Cribb (Boletaceae, Boletales), a striking
Australian secotioid bolete
M. Gelardi, N. Fechner, R.E. Hailing & F. Costanzo .121-129
Thismia hawkesii W.E.Cooper and T. lanternatus W.E.Cooper (Thismiaceae^),
two new fairy lantern species from the Wet Tropics Bioregion, Queensland,
Australia
WE. Cooper .130-138
Elionurus purpureus E.J.Thomps. ( Panicoideae : Andropogoneae :
Tripsacinae ), a new species for Queensland: circumscription and breeding
system
E.J. Thompson .139-162
Typifications in Australian Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthaceae and
Picrodendraceae
P.I. Forster & D.A. Halford .163-167
A family’s contribution to Queensland botany: John Howard Simmonds [Snr]
(1862-1955), Rose Simmonds {nee Culpin) (1877-1960) and John Howard
Simmonds [Jnr] (1901-1992)
J.L. Dowe .168-183
Atriplex alces Edginton & E.J.Thomps. (Chenopodiaceae), a new species
from central Queensland, Australia
M.A. Edginton & E.J. Thompson .184-195
Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean (Leguminosae: Caesalpiniodeae), a new
species from Queensland
A. R. Bean .196-199
Didymoplexis micradenia (Rchb.f.) Hemsl. (Orchidaceae): A new record for
the Australian flora
B. Gray .200-204
Pittosporum tinifolium A.Cunn.: a corrected name and reinstatement at
species level for the Queensland species currently known as the rusty-
leaved pittosporum, Pittosporum ferrugineum subspecies linifolium
(A.Cunn.) L.Cayzer et al. (Pittosporaceae)
L. W. Cayzer & G.T. Chandler . 205-206
A taxonomic revision of Argophyllum J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. (Argophyllaceae)
in Australia
A.R. Bean & P.I. Forster . 207-235
Drummondita borealis Duretto (Rutaceae), a new species from the Northern
Territory, and a revised description for D. calida (F.Muell.) Paul G.Wilson
from Queensland
M. F. Duretto . 236-241
Stemodia anisata A.R.Bean (Plantaginaceae), a new species from Queensland
and the Northern Territory
A. R. Bean . 242-246
Elaeocarpus carbinensis J.N.Gagul & Crayn (Elaeocarpaceae), a new species
endemic to the Mt Carbine Tableland of northeast Queensland, Australia
J.N. Gagul, L. Simpson & D.M. Crayn . 247-259
Taeniophyllum baumei B.Gray (Orchidaceae), a new species from Cape York
Peninsula, Queensland
B. Gray
260-265
Lomandra ramosissima Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), a new species from
southern central Queensland, Australia
J. Wang . 266-272
Vrydagzynea albostriata Schltr. (Orchidaceae) - new to the flora of Australia,
with notes on the identity of V grayi D.L. Jones & M.A.Clem.
B. Gray & P. Ormerod . 273-281
Hibbertia fexox B.R.Jackes (Dilleniaceae) a new species from the White
Mountains area of north Queensland
B.R. Jackes . 282-285
Psychotria hebecarpa Merr. & L.M.Perry (Rubiaceae), a new record for
Queensland and Australia
P.I. Forster . 286-289
Les Pedley (1930-2018)
Mostly about wattles: the publications of Les Pedley
P.I. Forster . 291-296
Notes on Acacia Mill. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae ), chiefly from
Queensland, 6.
L. Pedley . 297-320
A taxonomic revision of Sapotaceae for mainland Australia
L.W. Jessup . 321-382
Charles James Wild (1853-1923), an ardent collector of Queensland
bryophytes
A.J. Franks . 383-404
A taxonomic revision of Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae) in Australia
J. Wang & A.R. Bean .405-442
Brachychiton guymeri J.A.Bever., Fensham & P.I.Forst. (Sterculiaceae), a
new species from north Queensland
R.J. Fensham, J.A. Beveridge & P.I. Forster . 443-457
Three new species of Cor chorus L. and Grewia L. (Sparmanniaceae /
Malvaceae subfamily Grewioideae) from northern Australia, an earlier
name in Grewia , and recircumscription of Triumfetta kenneallyi Halford
R.L. Barrett . 458-472
Reinstatement of Ptilotusparviflorus (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Amaranthaceae)
A.R. Bean . 473-479
A re-evaluation of the taxonomic status of the Australian species of Arthraxon
Beauv. and Thelepogon Roth (Poaceae: Panicoideae : Andropogoneae )
E.J. Thompson . 480-505
The botanical collections of William Hann’s Northern Expedition of 1872 to
Cape York Peninsula, Queensland
J.L. Dowe & P.I. Taylor . 506-538
Rediscovery of the previously Extinct Marsdenia araujacea F.Muell.
(Apocynaceae)
P.I. Forster . 539-540
Dendrocnide cor data (Warb. ex H.J.P.Winkl.) Chew (Urticaceae) is not
present in Australia
A.R. Bean . 541-544
Alangium solomonense (Bloemb.) WJ.de Wilde & Duyfjes (Cornaceae), a
new species record for Australia and Queensland
P.I. Forster . 545-547
Drosera buubugujin M.T.Mathieson (Droseraceae, Drosera section Prolifera
C. T.White), a spectacular new species of sundew from the Cape York
Peninsula bioregion, Queensland
M.T. Mathieson & S.L. Thompson . 549-557
Acacia lespedleyi P.I.Forst. (Mimosaceae), a new and geographically
restricted species from south-east Queensland
P.I. Forster . 558-563
A taxonomic revision of Camptacra N.T.Burb. (Asteraceae: Astereae )
A.R. Bean . 564-575
A taxonomic revision of the genus Lagenophora Cass. (Asteraceae: Astereae )
in New Guinea
J. Wang & A.R. Bean . 576-582
Lobelia fenshamii N.G.Walsh & Albr. and L. fontana Albr. & N.G.Walsh
(Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae ), two new species endemic to artesian
springs in central and south-western Queensland
D. E. Albrecht, N.G. Walsh, R.W. Jobson & E.B. Knox . 583-593
Denhamia megacarpa J. J.Halford & Jessup and D. peninsularis J. J.Halford
& Jessup (Celastraceae), two new species from Queensland
J.J. Halford & L.W. Jessup . 594-603
A taxonomic reassessment of Styphelia cuspidata (R.Br.) Spreng. (Ericaceae)
with the description of two new species S. cognata A.R.Bean and S.
lucens A.R.Bean
A. R. Bean . 604-611
Bulbine fraseri Kunth (Asphodelaceae) reinstated and distinguished from B.
bulbosa (R.Br.) Haw. in eastern Australia
P.F. Horsfall & D.E. Albrecht .612-620
Zieria abscondita P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and geographically restricted
species from south-east Queensland
P.I. Forster . 621-627
Clarification of species boundaries within the Ptilotus royceanus Beni
(Amaranthaceae) group
T.A. Hammer, R.W. Davis & K.R. Thiele . 628-638
Endiandra inopinata B.Gray (Lauraceae), a new species from Queensland’s
Wet Tropics
B. Gray
639-644
Taxonomic notes on the Melaleuca leucadendra (L.) L. group (Myrtaceae)
in Queensland
A.R. Bean . 645-655
A taxonomic revision of Olearia elliptica DC. (Asteraceae: Astereae ) with the
description of two new species O.fulgens A.R.Bean and O. praetermissa
(P.S.Green) A.R.Bean
A.R. Bean . 656-662
Lectotypification of three species names of Australian Alpinia Roxb.
(Zingiberaceae)
A.R. Bean .663-664
New Scientific Names published in Austrobaileya - Volume 10
Acacia ammitia Pedley.314
Acacia anadcnia Pedley.303
Acacia castorum Pedley.297
Acacia dichromotricha Pedley.316
Acacia forsteri Pedley.301
Acacia hierochoensis Pedley.298
Acacia lespedleyi PI.Forst.559
Acacia lithgowiae Pedley.312
Acacia parvifoliolata Pedley.303
Acacia philoxera Pedley.305
Acacia pudica Pedley.307
Argophyllum curtum A.R.Bean & PI.Forst.214
Argophyllum ferrugineum A.R.Bean & PI.Forst.215
Argophyllum heterodontum A.R.Bean & PI.Forst.217
Argophyllum iridescens A.R.Bean & PI.Forst.218
Argophyllum jagonis A.R.Bean & PI.Forst.221
Argophyllum loxotrichum A.R.Bean & PI.Forst.224
Argophyllum palumcnsc A.R.Bean & PI.Forst.228
Arthraxon australicnsis (B.K.Simon) E. J.Thomps.501
Atriplex alces Edginton & E. J.Thomps.185
Brachychiton guymeri J.A.Bever., Fensham & PI.Forst.446
Camptacra perdita A.R.Bean.568
Camptacra robusta A.R.Bean.569
Corchorus drysdalensis R.L.Barrett.459
Drummondita borealis Duretto.237
Cycas distans PI.Forst. & B.Gray.75
Dcnhamia megacarpa J. J.Halford & Jesssup.595
Dcnhamia muelleri (Benth.) Jessup.600
Denhamia peninsularis J. J.Halford & Jessup.598
Drosera buubugujin M.T.Mathieson.550
Elaeocarpus carbinensis J.N.Gagul & Crayn.249
Elionurus purpureus E. J.Thomps.144
Endiandra inopinata B.Gray.640
Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray.87
Grewia pindanica R.L.Barrett.463
Grewia savannicola R.L.Barrett.466
Fimbristylis buchananensis R.Booth & PR.Sharpe.48
Fimbristylis triloba R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe.48
Hibbertia ferox Jackes.282
Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean.196
Lagenophora adenosa Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.414
Lagenophora platysperma Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.431
Lagenophora sporadica Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.578
Lagenophora sublyrata (Cass.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.435
Lobelia fenshamii N.G.Walsh & Albr.584
Lobelia fontana Albr. & N.G.Walsh.588
Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean.59
Lomandra ramosissima Jian Wang ter.267
Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean.70
Melaleuca oblivia A.R.Bean.647
Melaleuca stenostachya subsp. amplior A.R.Bean.651
Melaleuca stenostachya S.T.Blake subsp. stenostachya, A.R.Bean.651
Niemeyera discolor Jessup.331
Olearia bella A.R.Bean & Jobson.102
Olearia fulgens A.R.Bean.658
Olearia orientalis A.R.Bean & Jobson.106
Olearia praetermissa (P.S.Green) A.R.Bean.660
Pimelea amabilis (Domin) A.R.Bean.7
Pimelea approximans A.R.Bean.8
Pimelea chlorina A.R.Bean.10
Pimelea confertiflora A.R.Bean.11
Pimelea fugiens A.R.Bean.17
Pimelea gigandra A.R.Bean.19
Pimelea hirsuta subsp. elliptifolia (Threlfall) A.R.Bean.41
Pimelea hirsuta Meisn. subsp. hirsuta, A.R.Bean.41
Pimelea leptospermoides subsp. bowmanii (Benth.) A.R.Bean.23
Pimelea leptospermoides F. Muell. subsp. leptospermoides, A.R.Bean.24
Pimelea mollis A.R.Bean.26
Pimelea plurinervia A.R.Bean.28
Pimelea rupestris A.R.Bean.30
Planchonella myrsinifolia subsp. howeana (F.Muell.) Jessup.357
Planchonella myrsinifolia (F.Muell.) Swenson, Bartish & Munzinger subsp.
myrsinifolia, Jessup.357
Pleioluma ferruginea Jessup.338
Pleioluma pilosa Jessup.343
Polyalthia submontana subsp. sessiliflora (Jessup) Jessup (“, sessiliflorus ”).64
Rhaphidospora platyphylla (S.Moore) Bremek. ex A.R.Bean.85
Sersalisia obpyriformis (F.M.Bailey) Jessup.366
Stemodia anisata A.R.Bean.242
Styphelia cognata A.R.Bean.604
Styphelia lucens A.R.Bean.609
Taeniophyllum baumii B.Gray.261
Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray.65
Thismia hawkesii W.E.Cooper.131
Thismia lanternatus W.E.Cooper.132
Zieria abscondita P.I.Forst.621
Zieria euthadenia (J.A.Armstr.) P.I.Forst.626
Zieria gymnocarpa (J.A.Armstr.) P.I.Forst.626
Referees consulted for Austrobaileya Vol. 10
Acceptance of papers has depended on the outcome of review by referees. Those consulted
for the current volume are listed below. Several were consulted on more than one occasion.
Sincere thanks are extended to all these people whose expertise has helped to maintain journal
standards.
R.L. Barrett
A.R. Bean
N. Brignone
J.J. Bruhl
P. Jobson
T. Lally
B. Lepschi
J.G. Conran
W.E. Cooper
M.T. Mathieson
T. May
C. Foster
N. Snow
U. Swensson
K. Gibbons
G.R Guymer
E.J. Thompson
D A. Halford
T. Hammer
N. Walsh
F. Zich